all | frequencies |
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|
manual |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 |
|
User manual | Users Manual | 3.61 MiB | ||||
1 2 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 | External Photos | |||||||
1 2 | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
1 2 | Internal Photos | |||||||
1 2 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 | External Photos | |||||||
1 2 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 | Cover Letter(s) |
1 2 | User manual | Users Manual | 3.61 MiB |
Wireless AC Services Router User Manual DSR-150/150N/250/250N/500/500N/1000/1000N/500AC/1000AC Version 3.02 | May 14, 2015 Preface Preface The information in this document is subject to change without notice. The manufacturer makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaim any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. The manufacturer reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation of the manufacturer to notify any person of such revision or changes. Manual Revisions Revision Date Description 2.00 2.01 2.02 3.02 July 31, 2014 DSR Products with firmware version 2.00 November 17, 2014 add License Update section January 28, 2015 DSR Products with firmware version 2.02 May 06, 2015 applies to new DSR series models, DSR-500AC & DSR-1000AC Trademarks/Copyright Notice D-Link and the D-Link logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of D-Link Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States or other countries. All other company or product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. 2015 D-Link Corporation, All Rights Reserved This publication, including all photographs, illustrations and software, is protected under international copyright laws, with all rights reserved. Neither this manual, nor any of the material contained herein, may be reproduced without written consent of the author. Limitations of Liability UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL D-LINK OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
(E.G. DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFIT, SOFTWARE RESTORATION, WORK STOPPAGE, LOSS OF SAVED DATA OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES) RESULTING FROM THE APPLICATION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE D-LINK PRODUCT OR FAILURE OF THE PRODUCT, EVEN IF D-LINK IS INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHERMORE, DLINK WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST CUSTOMER FOR LOSSES OR DAMAGES. D-LINK WILL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT D-LINK RECEIVED FROM THE END-USER FOR THE PRODUCT. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual i Preface Safety Instructions Use the following safety guidelines to ensure your own personal safety and to help protect your system from potential damage. Safety Cautions To reduce the risk of bodily injury, electrical shock, fire, and damage to the equipment, observe the following precautions:
Observe and follow service markings. Do not service any product except as explained in your system documentation. Opening or removing covers that are marked with the triangular symbol with a lightning bolt may expose you to electrical shock. Only a trained service technician should service components inside these compartments. If any of the following conditions occur, unplug the product from the electrical outlet and replace the part or contact your trained service provider:
The power cable, extension cable, or plug is damaged. An object has fallen into the product. The product has been exposed to water. The product has been dropped or damaged. The product does not operate correctly when you follow the operating instructions. Keep your system away from radiators and heat sources. Also, do not block cooling vents. Do not spill food or liquids on your system components, and never operate the product in a wet environment. If the system gets wet, see the appropriate section in your troubleshooting guide or contact your trained service provider. Do not push any objects into the openings of your system. Doing so can cause fire or electric shock by shorting out interior components. Use the product only with approved equipment. Allow the product to cool before removing covers or touching internal components. Operate the product only from the type of external power source indicated on the electrical ratings label. If you are not sure of the type of power source required, consult your service provider or local power company. Also, be sure that attached devices are electrically rated to operate with the power available in your location. Use only approved power cable(s). If you have not been provided with a power cable for your system or for any AC powered option intended for your system, purchase a power cable that is approved for use in your country. The power cable must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the products electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cable should be greater than the ratings marked on the product. To help prevent electric shock, plug the system and peripheral power cables into properly grounded electrical outlets. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ii Preface These cables are equipped with three-prong plugs to help ensure proper grounding. Do not use adapter plugs or remove the grounding prong from a cable. If you must use an extension cable, use a 3-wire cable with properly grounded plugs. Observe extension cable and power strip ratings. Make sure that the total ampere rating of all products plugged into the extension cable or power strip does not exceed 80 percent of the ampere ratings limit for the extension cable or power strip. To help protect your system from sudden, transient increases and decreases in electrical power, use a surge suppressor, line conditioner, or uninterruptible power supply (UPS). Position system cables and power cables carefully; route cables so that they cannot be stepped on or tripped over. Be sure that nothing rests on any cables. Do not modify power cables or plugs. Consult a licensed electrician or your power company for site modifications. Always follow your local/national wiring rules. When connecting or disconnecting power to hot-pluggable power supplies, if offered with your system, observe the following guidelines:
Install the power supply before connecting the power cable to the power supply. Unplug the power cable before removing the power supply. If the system has multiple sources of power, disconnect power from the system by unplugging all power cables from the power supplies. Move products with care; ensure that all casters and/or stabilizers are firmly connected to the system. Avoid sudden stops and uneven surfaces. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual iii Preface Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge Static electricity can harm delicate components inside your system. To prevent static damage, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of the electronic components, such as the microprocessor. You can do so by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface on the chassis. You can also take the following steps to prevent damage from electrostatic discharge (ESD):
1. When unpacking a static-sensitive component from its shipping carton, do not remove the component from the antistatic packing material until you are ready to install the component in your system. Just before unwrapping the antistatic packaging, be sure to discharge static electricity from your body. 2. When transporting a sensitive component, first place it in an antistatic container or package. 3. Handle all sensitive components in a static-safe area. If possible, use antistatic floor pads, workbench pads and an antistatic grounding strap. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual iv Power Usage This device is an Energy Related Product (ErP) with High Network Availability (HiNA), and automatically switches to a power-saving Network Standby mode within 1 minute of no packets being transmitted. It can also be turned off through a power switch to save energy when it is not needed. DSR-250N Network Standby:7.8336 watts Switched Off: 0.1301 watts DSR-250 Network Standby: 7.8588 watts Switched Off: 0.1290 watts DSR-150N Network Standby: 8.2317 watts Switched Off: 0.1283 watts DSR-150 Network Standby: 6.9133 watts Switched Off: 0.12661 watts DSR-1000N Network Standby: 10.969 watts Switched Off: 0.0 watts DSR-1000 Network Standby: 10.912 watts Switched Off: 0.0 watts DSR-500N Network Standby: 11.487 watts Switched Off: 0.0 watts DSR-500 Network Standby: 9.744 watts Switched Off: 0.0 watts Table of Contents Table of Contents Preface ........................................................................................................................................................... i Manual Revisions ........................................................................................................................................................................i Trademarks/Copyright Notice ...............................................................................................................................................i Limitations of Liability ..............................................................................................................................................................i Safety Instructions ....................................................................................................................................................................ii Safety Cautions .................................................................................................................................................................ii Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge .......................................................................................................... iv Power Usage ...............................................................................................................................................................................v Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 1 Installation ................................................................................................................................................... 3 Before you Begin ...................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Connect to your Network ...................................................................................................................................................... 3 Basic Configuration ..................................................................................................................................... 4
#1 Log in to the Web UI .......................................................................................................................................................... 5
#2 Change LAN IP Address .................................................................................................................................................... 6
#3 Configure DHCP Server .................................................................................................................................................... 7
#4 Set Time and Date .............................................................................................................................................................. 8
#5 Internet Connection Setup ............................................................................................................................................. 9
#6 Wireless Network Setup .................................................................................................................................................12
#7 Create Users........................................................................................................................................................................13
#8 Security/VPN Wizard .......................................................................................................................................................14
#9 Dynamic DNS Wizard ......................................................................................................................................................16 LAN Configuration ..................................................................................................................................... 17 LAN Settings.............................................................................................................................................................................18 DHCP Server ....................................................................................................................................................................19 DHCP Relay ......................................................................................................................................................................20 DHCP Reserved IPs .......................................................................................................................................................21 IGMP Setup ...............................................................................................................................................................................22 UPnP Setup ...............................................................................................................................................................................23 Jumbo Frames .........................................................................................................................................................................24 VLAN ...........................................................................................................................................................................................25 VLAN Settings .................................................................................................................................................................25 Captive Portal ..........................................................................................................................................................27 Port/Wireless VLAN .......................................................................................................................................................28 Connect to the Internet ............................................................................................................................. 30 Dynamic IP .......................................................................................................................................................................30 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual vi Table of Contents Static IP .............................................................................................................................................................................31 PPPoE .................................................................................................................................................................................32 PPTP ...................................................................................................................................................................................33 L2TP ....................................................................................................................................................................................34 Japanese PPPoE .............................................................................................................................................................35 Russian PPPoE ................................................................................................................................................................36 Russian PPTP ...................................................................................................................................................................37 Russian L2TP ...................................................................................................................................................................38 WAN2 Settings.........................................................................................................................................................................39 WAN ...................................................................................................................................................................................39 DMZ....................................................................................................................................................................................40 WAN3 (3G Internet) ...............................................................................................................................................................41 WAN Mode ................................................................................................................................................................................42 Single WAN Port .............................................................................................................................................................42 Auto-Rollover using WAN IP ......................................................................................................................................43 Load Balancing ...............................................................................................................................................................44 Round Robin ............................................................................................................................................................45 Spillover .....................................................................................................................................................................46 Routing Mode.................................................................................................................................................................47 NAT or Classical .......................................................................................................................................................47 Transparent ..............................................................................................................................................................48 Bridge .........................................................................................................................................................................49 IP Aliasing .........................................................................................................................................................................50 DMZ Settings ..................................................................................................................................................................51 DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs ............................................................................................................................52 Dynamic DNS Settings ................................................................................................................................................53 Traffic Management .....................................................................................................................................................54 Bandwidth Profiles .................................................................................................................................................54 Traffic Shaping .........................................................................................................................................................56 Routing ......................................................................................................................................................................................57 Static Routes ...................................................................................................................................................................57 RIP .......................................................................................................................................................................................59 OSPF ...................................................................................................................................................................................60 Protocol Binding ............................................................................................................................................................62 IPv6 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................63 IP Mode .............................................................................................................................................................................63 WAN Settings ..................................................................................................................................................................64 Dynamic IP ................................................................................................................................................................64 Static IP.......................................................................................................................................................................65 PPPoE ..........................................................................................................................................................................66 Static Routing .................................................................................................................................................................67 OSPFv3 ..............................................................................................................................................................................69 6 to 4 Tunneling .............................................................................................................................................................71 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual vii Table of Contents ISATAP ................................................................................................................................................................................72 LAN Settings ...................................................................................................................................................................73 DHCPv6 Server ........................................................................................................................................................73 IPv6 Address Pools .................................................................................................................................................75 IPv6 Prefix Length ..................................................................................................................................................76 Router Advertisement ..........................................................................................................................................77 Advertisement Prefixes ........................................................................................................................................78 IPv6 Tunnels Status ................................................................................................................................................79 Wireless Settings ....................................................................................................................................... 80 Access Points ............................................................................................................................................................................80 Profiles ........................................................................................................................................................................................82 Radio Settings .........................................................................................................................................................................84 802.11AC Configuration ......................................................................................................................................85 WMM Settings .........................................................................................................................................................................86 WDS .............................................................................................................................................................................................87 Advanced Settings .................................................................................................................................................................88 WPS .............................................................................................................................................................................................89 VPN ............................................................................................................................................................. 91 IPSec VPN ..................................................................................................................................................................................92 Policies ..............................................................................................................................................................................92 Tunnel Mode ...................................................................................................................................................................96 Split DNS Names ............................................................................................................................................................97 DHCP Range ....................................................................................................................................................................98 Certificates .......................................................................................................................................................................99 Trusted Certificates ................................................................................................................................................99 Active Self Certificates ........................................................................................................................................100 Self Certificate Requests ....................................................................................................................................101 Easy VPN Setup ............................................................................................................................................................102 PPTP VPN .................................................................................................................................................................................103 Server ..............................................................................................................................................................................103 Client................................................................................................................................................................................104 PPTP Active Users List .........................................................................................................................................105 L2TP VPN .................................................................................................................................................................................106 Server ..............................................................................................................................................................................106 Client................................................................................................................................................................................107 L2TP Active Users List .........................................................................................................................................108 SSL VPN ....................................................................................................................................................................................109 Server Policies ..............................................................................................................................................................109 Portal Layouts ...............................................................................................................................................................111 Resources .......................................................................................................................................................................113 Add New Resource...............................................................................................................................................113 Port Forwarding ....................................................................................................................................................115 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual viii Table of Contents Client................................................................................................................................................................................116 Client Routes .................................................................................................................................................................117 Open VPN ................................................................................................................................................................................118 Settings ...........................................................................................................................................................................118 Server ........................................................................................................................................................................118 Client .........................................................................................................................................................................119 Access Server Client ............................................................................................................................................120 Local Networks .............................................................................................................................................................121 Remote Networks .......................................................................................................................................................122 Authentication .............................................................................................................................................................123 GRE ............................................................................................................................................................................................124 Security .................................................................................................................................................... 126 Groups ......................................................................................................................................................................................126 Login Policies ................................................................................................................................................................127 Browser Policies ...........................................................................................................................................................128 IP Policies........................................................................................................................................................................129 Users .........................................................................................................................................................................................130 User Management ......................................................................................................................................................130 Import User Database ...............................................................................................................................................131 Create a User Database (CSV File) .........................................................................................................................132 External Authentication Servers .....................................................................................................................................133 RADIUS Server ..............................................................................................................................................................133 POP3 Server...................................................................................................................................................................134 POP3 Trusted Server ...................................................................................................................................................135 LDAP Server ..................................................................................................................................................................136 AD Server .......................................................................................................................................................................137 NT Domain Server .......................................................................................................................................................139 Login Profiles .........................................................................................................................................................................140 Web Content Filtering ........................................................................................................................................................143 Static Filtering ..............................................................................................................................................................143 Approved URLs ............................................................................................................................................................144 Blocked Keywords .......................................................................................................................................................145 Dynamic Filtering ........................................................................................................................................................146 Firewall .....................................................................................................................................................................................147 Firewall Rules ................................................................................................................................................................147 Schedules .......................................................................................................................................................................149 Custom Services ..........................................................................................................................................................150 ALGs .................................................................................................................................................................................151 SMTP ALGs ..............................................................................................................................................................152 Approved Mail IDs ................................................................................................................................................153 Blocked Mail IDs ....................................................................................................................................................154 Mail Filtering ..........................................................................................................................................................155 VPN Passthrough .........................................................................................................................................................156 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ix Table of Contents Dynamic Port Forwarding ........................................................................................................................................157 Application Rules .................................................................................................................................................157 Attack Checks ...............................................................................................................................................................159 Intel AMT ......................................................................................................................................................................160 IPS .....................................................................................................................................................................................161 Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................ 162 System Settings ....................................................................................................................................................................162 Date and Time .......................................................................................................................................................................163 Session Settings ....................................................................................................................................................................164 License Updates ....................................................................................................................................................................165 USB Share Ports .....................................................................................................................................................................166 SMS Service ............................................................................................................................................................................167 Inbox ................................................................................................................................................................................167 Create SMS .....................................................................................................................................................................168 Package Manager .................................................................................................................................................................169 Set Language .........................................................................................................................................................................171 Web GUI Management .......................................................................................................................................................172 Remote Management .........................................................................................................................................................173 SNMP ........................................................................................................................................................................................174 SNMP User List .............................................................................................................................................................174 SNMP Trap List ..............................................................................................................................................................175 Access Control ..............................................................................................................................................................176 SNMP System Info .......................................................................................................................................................177 Diagnostics .............................................................................................................................................................................178 Ping an IP Address/Domain Name ........................................................................................................................178 Using Traceroute .........................................................................................................................................................179 Performing DNS Lookups .........................................................................................................................................180 Capture Packets ...........................................................................................................................................................181 System Check ...............................................................................................................................................................182 Power Saving ................................................................................................................................................................183 Firmware Upgrade ...............................................................................................................................................................184 Check Update ...............................................................................................................................................................184 Using PC .........................................................................................................................................................................185 Using USB .......................................................................................................................................................................186 Configuration Files......................................................................................................................................................187 Backup ......................................................................................................................................................................187 Restore .....................................................................................................................................................................188 Configuration Settings .......................................................................................................................................189 Soft Reboot ...................................................................................................................................................................190 Reset to Factory Default Settings ..........................................................................................................................191 Log Settings ...........................................................................................................................................................................192 Defining What to Log .................................................................................................................................................192 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual x Routing Logs .................................................................................................................................................................194 System Logs ..................................................................................................................................................................195 Remote Logs .................................................................................................................................................................196 Syslog Server ................................................................................................................................................................198 Event Logs .....................................................................................................................................................................199 IPv6 Logs ........................................................................................................................................................................200 Status and Statistics ................................................................................................................................ 201 Dashboard ..............................................................................................................................................................................201 Manage Dashboard ....................................................................................................................................................202 System ......................................................................................................................................................................................203 LAN Info ...................................................................................................................................................................................204 WAN1 ........................................................................................................................................................................................205 WAN2 ........................................................................................................................................................................................206 WAN3 ........................................................................................................................................................................................207 Wireless ....................................................................................................................................................................................208 All Logs .....................................................................................................................................................................................209 Current Logs ..................................................................................................................................................................209 Firewall Logs .................................................................................................................................................................210 IPSec VPN Logs .............................................................................................................................................................211 SSL VPN Logs ................................................................................................................................................................212 USB Status ...............................................................................................................................................................................213 Network Information ..........................................................................................................................................................214 DHCP Leased Clients ..................................................................................................................................................214 Active Sessions .............................................................................................................................................................215 Active VPNs....................................................................................................................................................................216 Interface Statistics .......................................................................................................................................................217 View Wireless Clients..................................................................................................................................................218 Device Stats ...................................................................................................................................................................219 Wireless Statistics ........................................................................................................................................................220 View LAN Clients .........................................................................................................................................................221 Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................................... 222 Internet Connection ............................................................................................................................................................222 Date and time ........................................................................................................................................................................224 Pinging to Test LAN Connectivity ...................................................................................................................................225 Testing the LAN path from your PC to your router ........................................................................................225 Testing the LAN path from your PC to a remote device ................................................................................226 Restoring factory-default configuration settings .....................................................................................................227 Appendix A - Glossary ............................................................................................................................. 228 Appendix B - Factory Default Settings ................................................................................................... 230 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual xi Appendix C - Standard Services for Port Forwarding & Firewall Configuration ................................ 231 Appendix D - Log Output Reference ...................................................................................................... 232 Appendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outs ................................................................................................................... 295 Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) .................................................... 296 Appendix G - Product Statement ........................................................................................................... 299 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual xii Section 1 - Introduction Introduction D-Link Services Routers offer a secure, high performance networking solution to address the growing needs of small and medium businesses. Integrated high-speed IEEE 802.11n/ac and 3G wireless technologies offer comparable performance to traditional wired networks, but with fewer limitations. Optimal network security is provided via features such as virtual private network (VPN) tunnels, IP Security (IPsec), Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP), and Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Empower your road warriors with clientless remote access anywhere and anytime using SSL VPN tunnels. With the D-Link Services Router you are able to experience a diverse set of benefits:
Comprehensive Management Capabilities The DSR-500, DSR-500N, DSR-1000, DSR-1000N, DSR-500AC, and DSR-1000AC include dual-
WAN Gigabit Ethernet which provides policy-based service management ensuring maximum productivity for your business operations. The failover feature maintains data traffic without disconnecting when a landline connection is lost. The Outbound Load Balancing feature adjusts outgoing traffic across two WAN interfaces and optimizes the system performance resulting in high availability. The solution supports configuring a port as a dedicated DMZ port allowing you to isolate servers from your LAN. Note: DSR-150/150N/250/250N product have a single WAN interface, and thus it does not support Auto Failover and Load Balancing scenarios. Superior Wireless Performance Designed to deliver superior wireless performance, the DSR-500N and DSR-1000N include 802.11 a/b/g/n support, allowing for operation on either the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz radio bands. Multiple In Multiple Out (MIMO) technology allows the DSR-500N and DSR-1000N to provide high data rates with minimal dead spots throughout the wireless coverage area. Next generation wireless performance is available on the DSR-500AC and DSR-1000AC, which introduce 802.11AC support to the family. Available on the 5 GHz band, the combination of wider RF bandwidths and up to 8 MIMO streams take data rates available to supporting AC clients to the next level. Note: DSR-150N, DSR-250N and DSR-500N support the 2.4GHz radio band only. Flexible Deployment Options The DSR series supports Third Generation (3G) Networks via an extendable USB 3G dongle. This 3G network capability offers an additional secure data connection for networks that provide critical services. The product can be configured to automatically switch to a 3G network whenever a physical link is lost. Robust VPN features A fully featured virtual private network (VPN) provides your mobile workers and branch offices with a secure link to your network. The DSR products are capable of simultaneously managing 5, 5, 10, 20 Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) VPN tunnels respectively, empowering your mobile users by providing remote access to a central corporate database. Site-to-site VPN tunnels use IP Security (IPsec) Protocol, Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), or Layer 2 Tunneling D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 1 Section 1 - Introduction Protocol (L2TP) to facilitate branch office connectivity through encrypted virtual links. The DSR-150/150N, DSR-250/250N, DSR-500/500N and DSR-1000/1000N support 10, 25, 35 and 100 simultaneous IPsec VPN tunnels respectively. The DSR-500AC and DSR-1000AC support 35 and 100 simultaneous IPsec VPN tunnels respectively. Efficient D-Link Green Technology As a concerned member of the global community, D-Link is devoted to providing eco-friendly products. D-Link Green Wi-Fi and D-Link Green Ethernet save power and prevent waste. The D-Link Green WLAN scheduler reduces wireless power automatically during off-peak hours. Likewise the D-Link Green Ethernet program adjusts power usage based on the detected cable length and link status. In addition, compliance with RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances) and WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) directives make D-Link Green certified devices the environmentally responsible choice. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 2 Section 2 - Installation This section provides information and steps on how to connect your DSR router to your network. Installation Before you Begin Observe the following precautions to help prevent shutdowns, equipment failures, and injuries:
Ensure that the room in which you operate the device has adequate air circulation and that the room temperature does NOT exceed 40C (104F). Allow 1 meter (3 feet) of clear space to the front and back of the device. Do NOT place the device in an equipment rack frame that blocks the air vents on the sides of the chassis. Ensure that enclosed racks have fans and louvered sides. Before installation, please correct these hazardous conditions: moist or wet floors, leaks, ungrounded or frayed power cables, or missing safety grounds. Connect to your Network This section provides basic information about physically connecting the DSR-250 to a network. 1. Connect an Ethernet cable from the port labeled WAN to the external router or modem. The port WAN is pre-allocated to the WAN network segment. 2. Connect an Ethernet cable from one of the LAN ports to a switch or a computer in the LAN network segment. 3. Connect an RJ45-to-DB9 cable from the console port for CLI (Command Line Interface) management access (optional). Note: Refer to the Quick Installation Guide included with your router for more information on network connectivity, port, and LED information. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 3 Section 3 - Basic Configuration Basic Configuration After you install the router, perform the basic configuration instructions described in this section which includes:
#1 Log in to the Web UI on page 5
#2 Change LAN IP Address on page 6
#3 Configure DHCP Server on page 7
#4 Set Time and Date on page 8
#5 Internet Connection Setup on page 9
#6 Wireless Network Setup on page 12
#7 Create Users on page 13
#8 Security/VPN Wizard on page 14
#9 Dynamic DNS Wizard on page 16 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 4 Section 3 - Basic Configuration
#1 Log in to the Web UI The LAN connection may be through the wired Ethernet ports available on the router, or once the initial setup is complete, the DSR may also be managed through its wireless interface. Access the routers Web user interface
(Web UI) for management by using any web browser, such as Internet Explorer, Firefox, Chrome, or Safari. Note: The workstation from which you manage the router must be in the same subnet as the router (192.169.10.0/24). To access the device with the Web UI:
1. Connect your workstation to an available LAN port on the router. 2. Ensure your workstation has DHCP enabled or is assigned a static IP address within the 192.168.10.0/24 subnet. Note: Disable pop-up blocking software or add the management IP address http://192.168.10.1 to your pop-up blockers allow list. 3. Launch a browser, enter the IP address for the LAN interface (default = http://192.168.10.1), and then press Enter. 4. Enter your username (default = admin) and your password (default = admin), then click Login. 5. The web management interface opens with the Status > Dashboard page. This page displays general, LAN, and WLAN status information. You can return to this page at any time by clicking Status > Dashboard. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 5 Section 3 - Basic Configuration
#2 Change LAN IP Address To change the LAN IP address of the router, follow the steps below:
1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. The LAN Settings page will appear. 3. Under IP Address Setup, enter a new IP address for the router. 4. Enter a new subnet mask if needed. 5. Click Save at the bottom of the page. Note: If you change the IP address and click Save, the Web UI will not respond. Open a new connection to the new IP address and log in again. Be sure the LAN host (the machine used to manage the router) has obtained an IP address from newly assigned pool (or has a static IP address in the routers LAN subnet) before accessing the router via changed IP address. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 6 Section 3 - Basic Configuration
#3 Configure DHCP Server To change the DHCP settings of the router, follow the steps below:
1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. The LAN Settings page will appear. 3. From the DHCP Mode drop-down menu under DHCP Setup, select None (disable), DHCP Server
(enable), or DHCP Relay. Note: DHCP Relay will allow DHCP clients on the LAN to receive IP address leases and corresponding information from a DHCP server on a different subnet. When LAN clients make a DHCP request it will be passed along to the server accessible via the Relay Gateway IP address you enter. 4. If enabled, fill in the following fields:
Field Starting IP Address Ending IP Address Default Gateway Domain Name Lease Time Configure DNS/WINS Description Enter the starting IP address in the DHCP address pool. Any new DHCP cli-
ent joining the LAN is assigned an IP address within the starting and end-
ing IP address range. Starting and ending IP addresses should be in the same IP address subnet as the wireless controllers LAN IP address. Enter the ending IP address in the DHCP address pool. By default this setting is routers LAN IP address. It can be customized to any valid IP within the LAN subnet, in the event that the networks gateway is not this router. The DHCP server will give the configured IP address as the Default Gateway to its DHCP clients. Enter a domain name. Enter the time, in hours, for which IP addresses are leased to clients. Toggle to On and enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es). 5. Click Save at the bottom of the page. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 7 Section 3 - Basic Configuration
#4 Set Time and Date 1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. If you want to manually configure your date/time settings, refer to Date and Time on page 163. 3. Click Run in the Date and Time Wizard box. 4. Click the continent from the map and then next to City, select your time zone from the drop-down menu. Toggle Daylight Saving to ON if it applies to you and then click Next. 5. Toggle NTP server to ON to use a time server or toggle to OFF to manually enter the time and date. 6. If you selected ON, select either Default or Custom from the drop-down menu. If you selected Custom, enter a primary and secondary NTP server address. 7. Enter the time to synchronize with the NTP server and click Save. 8. A summary page will appear. Verify your settings and then click Finish. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 8 Section 3 - Basic Configuration
#5 Internet Connection Setup This router has two WAN ports that can be used to establish a connection to the internet. It is assumed that you have arranged for internet service with your Internet Service Provider (ISP). Please contact your ISP or network administrator for the configuration information that will be required to setup the router. Supported Internet connection types include Dynamic, Static, PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP, Japanese PPPoE, and Russian PPPoE/PPTP/L2TP. To configure your router to connect to the Internet, follow the steps below:
1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. If you want to manually configure your Internet settings, refer to Connect to the Internet on page 30. 3. Click Run in the Internet Connection Wizard box. 4. Toggle On next to either DHCP or Static IP Address and click Next. If your connection type is not listed, refer to Connect to the Internet on page 30. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 9 Section 3 - Basic Configuration a. If you selected DHCP, complete the fields below:
Field MAC Address Source This MAC address will be recognized by your ISP. Select from the following three options:
Description Use Default Address - Uses the default MAC address of the router. Clone your PCs MAC Address - Select to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently connecting with. Use this MAC Address - Select to manually enter a MAC address and enter the address in the box. Host Name Enter a host name if required by your ISP. Select from the following two options:
DNS Server Source Get Dynamically from ISP - Select to use the DNS servers assigned by your ISP. Use these DNS Servers - Select to manually enter a primary and secondary DNS server address(es). Skip to Step 5 on the bottom of the next page. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 10 Section 3 - Basic Configuration b. If you selected Static, complete the fields below:
Field IP Address Gateway IP Address IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP address assigned by your ISP. Enter the gateway IP address assigned by your ISP. Enter the subnet mask assigned by your ISP. Enter the primary DNS server IP address assigned by your ISP. Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address assigned by your ISP. Description 5. Click Save. The router will reboot and attempt to connect to your ISP. Please allow one to two minutes to connect. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 11 Section 3 - Basic Configuration
#6 Wireless Network Setup This wizard provides a step-by-step guide to create and secure a new access point on the router. The network name (SSID) is the AP identifier that will be detected by supported clients. The Wizard uses a TKIP+AES cipher for WPA / WPA2 security; depending on support on the client side, devices associate with this AP using either WPA or WPA2 security with the same pre -shared key. The wizard has the option to automatically generate a network key for the AP. This key is the pre-shared key for WPA or WPA2 type security. Supported clients that have been given this PSK can associate with this AP. The default (auto-assigned) PSK is passphrase. 1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Wireless Wizard box. 4. The wizard screen will appear. 5. Enter a SSID, which is the name of your wireless network. 6. Next to Network Key Type, select Manual. 7. Enter a password for the wireless network. Wireless devices connecting to this network must enter this password to connect. The password is case-sensitive. 8. Click Save. 9. A window will appear with a summary of your settings. Click Finish. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 12 Section 3 - Basic Configuration
#7 Create Users The Users Wizard allows you to create user account that you can assign to groups. Refer to Users on page 130 for more information. You may want to create Groups before users so you may assign them to groups as you create them. To create groups, refer to Groups on page 126. To create new users, follow the steps below:
1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Users Wizard box. 4. The wizard screen will appear. 5. Enter a unique user name. 6. Select the group type from the drop-down menu. For more information on groups, refer to Groups on page 126. 7. Enter a password for the user. 8. Enter the password again for confirmation. 9. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 13 Section 3 - Basic Configuration
#8 Security/VPN Wizard The Security Wizard allows you to enable VPN passthrough and create a VPN. Follow the steps below:
1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Security Wizard box. 4. The wizard screen will appear. 5. Select the default outbound policy from the drop-down menu. 6. Toggle which type(s) of VPN you want allowed to pass through the router to ON and click Next. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 14 Section 3 - Basic Configuration 7. You can quickly create both IKE and VPN policies. Once the IKE or VPN policy is created, you can modify it as required. 8. From the Select VPN Type drop-down menu, select either Site to Site or Remote Access. 9. Next to Connection Name, enter a name for this VPN connection. 10. Next to IP Protocol Version, select either IPv4 or IPv6. 11. Next to IKE Version, select the version of IKE. 12. Next to Pre-Shared Key, enter the pre-shared key used. 13. Next to Local Gateway, select which WAN port used for the local gateway. 14. Next to Remote Gateway Type and Local Gateway Type, select either IP Address or FQDN. 15. Enter the Remote and Local WAN IP Address or FQDN and click Next. 16. Enter the remote network IP address and subnet mask. 17. Enter the local network IP address and subnet mask. 18. Click Save. Note: The IP address range used on the remote LAN must be different from the IP address range used on the local LAN. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 15 Section 3 - Basic Configuration
#9 Dynamic DNS Wizard Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is an Internet service that allows routers with varying public IP addresses to be located using Internet domain names. To use DDNS, you must setup an account with a DDNS provider such as DynDNS. org, D-Link DDNS, or Oray.net. Refer to Dynamic DNS Settings on page 53 for more information. Follow the steps below:
1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Dynamic DNS Wizard box. 4. The wizard screen will appear. 5. Next to Dynamic DNS, select WAN1 or WAN2. 6. Select the DNS Server Type from the drop-down menu. 7. Depending on your service, enter your DDNS user name, password, and domain name. 8. Toggle Allow Wildcards to ON if required by your DDNS service. 9. Toggle Update Periodically to ON to auto update every 30 days. 10. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 16 Section 4 - LAN Configuration LAN Configuration By default, the router functions as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server to the hosts on the LAN and WLAN network. With DHCP, PCs and other LAN devices can be assigned IP addresses as well as addresses for DNS servers, Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) servers, and the default gateway. With DHCP server enabled the routers IP address serves as the gateway address for LAN and WLAN clients. The PCs in the LAN are assigned IP addresses from a pool of addresses specified in this procedure. Each pool address is tested before it is assigned to avoid duplicate addresses on the LAN. For most applications, the default DHCP and TCP/IP settings are satisfactory. If you want another PC on your network to be the DHCP server or if you are manually configuring the network settings of all of your PCs, set the DHCP mode to none. DHCP relay can be used to forward DHCP lease information from another DHCP server on the network. This is particularly useful for wireless clients. Instead of using a DNS server, you can use a Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) server. A WINS server is the equivalent of a DNS server but uses the NetBIOS protocol to resolve host names. The router includes the WINS server IP address in the DHCP configuration when acknowledging a DHCP request from a DHCP client. You can also enable DNS proxy for the LAN. When this is enabled the router then as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicates with the ISPs DNS servers. When disabled all DHCP clients receive the DNS IP addresses of the ISP. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 17 Section 4 - LAN Configuration LAN Settings Path: Network > LAN > LAN Settings To configure the LAN settings on the router:
1. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Mode Description Enter an new IP address for the router. Default is 192.168.10.1. Enter the subnet mask for your network. Default is 255.255.255.0. Select one of the following modes:
None - Turns off DHCP. DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server on your network. DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your network will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a different subnet. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 18 Section 4 - LAN Configuration 1. Select DHCP Server from the drop-down menu. DHCP Server 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field DHCP Mode Starting IP Address Ending IP Address Default Gateway Domain Name Lease Time Configure DNS/WINS Save Description Select DHCP Server from the drop-down menu. Enter the starting IP address in the DHCP address pool. Any new DHCP client joining the LAN is assigned an IP address within the starting and ending IP address range. Starting and ending IP addresses must be in the same IP address subnet as the routers LAN IP address. Enter the ending IP address in the DHCP address pool. Enter the default gateway IP address you want to assign to your DHCP clients. This IP is usually the routers LAN IP address (default is 192.168.10.1). Enter a domain name. Enter the time, in hours, for which IP addresses are leased to clients. Toggle to On to manually enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es). If set to Off, your routers LAN IP address will be assigned the DNS server to your clients and the router will get the DNS information from your ISP. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 19 Section 4 - LAN Configuration DHCP Relay 1. Select DHCP Relay from the drop-down menu. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field DHCP Mode Domain Name Gateway Save Description Select DHCP Relay from the drop-down menu. Enter the domain name of your network. Enter the relay gateway IP address. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 20 Section 4 - LAN Configuration DHCP Reserved IPs Path: Network > LAN > LAN DHCP Reserved IPs The routers DHCP server can assign IP settings to your clients on your network by adding a clients MAC address and the IP address to be assigned. Whenever the router receives a request from a client, the MAC address of that client is compared with the MAC address list present in the database. If an IP address is already assigned to that computer or device in the database, the customized IP address is configured otherwise an IP address is assigned to the client automatically from the DHCP pool. To create DHCP reservations:
1. Click Network > LAN > LAN DHCP Reserved IPs. 2. Click Add New DHCP Reserved IP. 3. Enter the following information and click Save. Field Host Name IP Address MAC Address Associate with IP/MAC Binding Description Enter a host name for this device. Do not use spaces. Enter the IP address you want to assign to this device. Note that this IP address must be in the same range as the starting/ending IP address under DHCP Settings. Enter the MAC address of this device (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx format). This is not case-sensitive. Toggle ON to associate this devices information with IP/MAC binding. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 21 Section 4 - LAN Configuration Path: Network > LAN > IGMP Setup IGMP Setup IGMP snooping (IGMP Proxy) allows the router to listen in on IGMP network traffic through the router. This then allows the router to filter multicast traffic and direct it only to hosts that need this stream. This is helpful when there is a lot of multicast traffic on the network where all LAN hosts do not need to receive this multicast traffic. To enable IGMP Proxy:
1. Click Network > LAN > IGMP Setup. 2. Toggle IGMP Proxy to On. 3. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 22 Section 4 - LAN Configuration Path: Network > LAN > UPnP UPnP Setup Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) is a feature that allows the router to discover devices on the network that can communicate with the router and allow for auto-configuration. If a network device is detected by UPnP, the router can open internal or external ports for the traffic protocol required by that network device. If disabled, the router will not allow for automatic device configuration and you may have to manually open/forward ports to allow applications to work. To configure the UPnP settings:
1. Click Network > LAN > UPnP. 2. Toggle Activate UPnP to On. 3. Select a VLAN from the LAN Segment drop-down menu. 4. Enter a value for Advertisement Period. This is the frequency that the router broadcasts UPnP information over the network. A large value will minimize network traffic but cause delays in identifying new UPnP devices to the network. 5. Enter a value for Advertisement Time to Live. This is the number of steps a packet is allowed to propagate before being discarded. Small values will limit the UPnP broadcast range. A default of 4 is typical for networks with a few number of switches. 6. Click Save. 7. Your entry will be displayed in the UPnP Port Map List. To edit or delete, right-click an entry and select the action from the menu. Repeat steps 2-6 to add multiple entries. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 23 Section 4 - LAN Configuration Jumbo Frames Path: Network > LAN > Jumbo Frames Jumbo frames are Ethernet frames with more than 1500 bytes of payload. When this option is enabled, the LAN devices can exchange information at Jumbo frames rate. To enable jumbo frames:
1. Click Network > LAN > Jumbo Frames. 2. Toggle Activate Jumbo Frames to On. 3. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 24 Section 4 - LAN Configuration VLAN The router supports virtual network isolation on the LAN with the use of VLANs. LAN devices can be configured to communicate in a sub network defined by VLAN identifiers. LAN ports can be assigned unique VLAN IDs so that traffic to and from that physical port can be isolated from the general LAN. VLAN filtering is particularly useful to limit broadcast packets of a device in a large network VLAN support is enabled by default in the router. In the VLAN Configuration page, enable VLAN support on the router and then proceed to the next section to define the virtual network. Path: Network > VLAN > VLAN Settings VLAN Settings The VLAN List page displays a list of configured VLANs by name and VLAN ID. A VLAN membership can be created by clicking the Add New VLAN button below the list. A VLAN membership entry consists of a VLAN identifier and the numerical VLAN ID which is assigned to the VLAN membership. The VLAN ID value can be any number from 2 to 4091. VLAN ID 1 is reserved for the default VLAN, which is used for untagged frames received on the interface. To create a new VLAN:
1. Click Network > LAN > VLAN Settings. 2. Click Add New VLAN at the bottom. 3. Enter the following required information from the table on the next page. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 25 Section 4 - LAN Configuration Field VLAN ID Name Captive Portal Activate InterVLAN Routing IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Mode Enable DNS Proxy Save Description Enter a number between 2 and 4053. Enter a name for your VLAN. Toggle ON to enable Captive Portal (refer to the next page for more information). Toggle ON to allow routing between multiple VLANs or OFF to deny communication between VLANs. Enter the IP address for the VLAN. Enter the subnet mask for the VLAN. Select one of the following modes:
None - Turns off DHCP for your VLAN. DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server for your VLAN. DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your VLAN will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a different subnet. Toggle ON to enable the router to act as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicate with the ISPs DNS servers. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 26 Section 4 - LAN Configuration Captive Portal Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not have support for the Captive Portal feature. Captive Portal is available for LAN users only and not for DMZ hosts. Captive Portals can be enabled on a per-VLAN basis. Hosts of a particular VLAN can be directed to authenticate via the Captive Portal, which may be a customized portal with unique instructions and branding as compared to another VLAN. The most critical aspect of this configuration page is choosing the authentication server. All users
(VLAN hosts) that want to gain internet access via the selected Captive Portal will be authenticated through the selected server. To enable Creative Portal to a specific VLAN:
1. Click Network > LAN > VLAN Settings. 2. Click Add New VLAN at the bottom or right-click an existing VLAN and select Edit. 3. Toggle Captive Portal to ON. 4. Next to Authentication Server, select an authentication server from the drop-down menu. 5. Next to Login Profile Name, select a profile from the drop-down or click Create a Profile to create a new one. 6. Select either HTTP or HTTPS for the redirect type. 7. If you want users to enter a CAPTCHA challenge at login, toggle to ON. 8. If you would like communication between VLANs, toggle Activate InterVLAN Routing to ON. 9. Make any other changes/selections and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 27 Section 4 - LAN Configuration Port/Wireless VLAN Path: Network > VLAN Settings > Port VLAN In order to tag all traffic through a specific LAN port with a VLAN ID, you can associate a VLAN to a physical port and wireless segment. VLAN membership properties for the LAN and wireless LAN are listed on this page. The VLAN Port table displays the port identifier, the mode setting for that port and VLAN membership information. The configuration page is accessed by selecting one of the four physical ports or a configured access point and clicking Edit. To edit, right-click on the port and select Edit. The edit page offers the following configuration options:
Mode: The mode of this VLAN can be General, Access (default), or Trunk. Refer to the next page for more information on the different modes. Select PVID for the port when General mode is selected. Configured VLAN memberships will be displayed on the VLAN Membership Configuration for the port. By selecting one more VLAN membership options for a General or Trunk port, traffic can be routed between the selected VLAN membership IDs. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 28 Section 4 - LAN Configuration In Access mode the port is a member of a single VLAN
(and only one). All data going into and out of the port is untagged. Traffic through a port in access mode looks like any other Ethernet frame. In General mode the port is a member of a user selectable set of VLANs. The port sends and receives data that is tagged or untagged with a VLAN ID. If the data into the port is untagged, it is assigned the defined PVID. For example, if Port 3 is a General port with PVID 3, then the untagged data into Port 3 will be assigned PVID 3. All tagged data sent out of the port with the same PVID will be untagged. This is mode is typically used with IP Phones that have dual Ethernet ports. Data coming from phone to the switch port on the router will be tagged. Data passing through the phone from a connected device will be untagged. Note: The DSR-150/150N do not support General mode due to hardware limitations. In Trunk mode the port is a member of a user selectable set of VLANs. All data going into and out of the port is tagged. Untagged coming into the port is not forwarded, except for the default VLAN with PVID=1, which is untagged. Trunk ports multiplex traffic for multiple VLANs over the same physical link. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 29 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Connect to the Internet This router has two WAN ports that can be used to establish a connection to the internet. It is assumed that you have arranged for internet service with your Internet Service Provider (ISP). Please contact your ISP or network administrator for the configuration information that will be required to setup the router. Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Dynamic IP Select Dynamic IP (DHCP) to obtain IP address information automatically from your Internet Service Provider. Field Host Name Description DNS Server Source Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Enter a host name if required by your ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the primary DNS server IP address. MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PCs MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 30 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Static IP Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Select Static IP to manually enter the Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Description Field IP Address IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. Enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. Enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Gateway IP Address DNS Server Source Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PCs MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 31 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings PPPoE Select PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Description Field Address Mode User Name Password Service Authentication Type Reconnect Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Enter your PPPoE user name. Enter your PPPoE password. Enter if your ISP requires it. Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu. Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Gateway IP Address DNS Server Source Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PCs MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 32 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings PPTP Select PPTP to enter the PPTP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Address Mode Server Address User Name Password MPPE Encryption Split Tunnel Reconnect Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DNS Server Source Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save Description Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Enter your PPTP server address. Enter your PPTP user name. Enter your PPTP password. Toggle to ON and select the level of MPPE encryption. Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the primary DNS server IP address. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PCs MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 33 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings L2TP Select L2TP to enter the L2TP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Address Mode Server Address User Name Password Secret Split Tunnel Reconnect Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DNS Server Source Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save Description Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Enter your PPTP server address. Enter your PPTP user name. Enter your PPTP password. Enter a shared secret if required. Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the primary DNS server IP address. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PCs MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 34 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Japanese PPPoE Select Japanese PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Address Mode User Name Password Service Authentication Type Reconnect Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Primary PPPoE DNS Servers Description Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Enter your PPPoE user name. Enter your PPPoE password. Enter if your ISP requires it. Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu. Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Secondary PPPoE Profile MAC Address Source MAC Address Port Speed Save You may create a secondary PPPoE profile. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PCs MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 35 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Russian PPPoE Select Russian PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Address Mode User Name Password Service Authentication Type Reconnect Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DNS Server Source Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server MAC Address Source MAC Address Description Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Enter your PPPoE user name. Enter your PPPoE password. Enter if your ISP requires it. Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu. Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the primary DNS server IP address. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PCs MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. WAN2 Physical Setting Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). If you select Static IP, enter the IP settings supplied by your ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. WAN2 Physical DNS Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. Port Speed Save D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 36 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Russian PPTP Select Russian PPTP to enter the PPTP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Address Mode Server Address User Name Password MPPE Encryption Split Tunnel Reconnect Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DNS Server Source Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save Description Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Enter your PPTP server address. Enter your PPTP user name. Enter your PPTP password. Toggle to ON and select the level of MPPE encryption. Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the primary DNS server IP address. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PCs MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 37 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Russian L2TP Select Russian L2TP to enter the L2TP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Address Mode Server Address User Name Password Secret Split Tunnel Reconnect Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DNS Server Source Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save Description Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Enter your PPTP server address. Enter your PPTP user name. Enter your PPTP password. Enter a shared secret if required. Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the primary DNS server IP address. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PCs MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 38 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN2 Settings WAN2 Settings Select WAN and select the Internet connection type. Please refer to the previous pages (41-49) for more information. If you want to set WAN2 port to DMZ, skip to the next page. WAN D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 39 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet DMZ This router supports one of the physical ports to be configured as a secondary WAN Ethernet port or a dedicated DMZ port. A DMZ is a sub network that is open to the public but behind the firewall. The DMZ adds an additional layer of security to the LAN, as specific services/ports that are exposed to the internet on the DMZ do not have to be exposed on the LAN. It is recommended that hosts that must be exposed to the internet (such as web or email servers) be placed in the DMZ network. Firewall rules can be allowed to permit access specific services/ports to the DMZ from both the LAN or WAN. In the event of an attack to any of the DMZ nodes, the LAN is not necessarily vulnerable as well. DMZ configuration is identical to the LAN configuration. There are no restrictions on the IP address or subnet assigned to the DMZ port, other than the fact that it cannot be identical to the IP address given to the LAN interface of this gateway. Note: DSR-500/1000/500N/1000N/500AC/1000AC, in order to configure a DMZ port, the routers configurable port must be set to DMZ in the Network > Internet > DMZ Settings page. Note: For DSR-150N and DSR-250N, enabling DMZ will result in port 8 of the LAN switch being used for a dedicated DMZ port. The other 7 LAN ports remain unchanged. 1. Click Network > Internet > WAN2 / DMZ Settings. 2. Select DMZ and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 40 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN3 Settings WAN3 (3G Internet) This router supports the use of 3G Internet access. Cellular 3G internet access is available on WAN3 via a 3G USB modem for DSR series. The cellular ISP that provides the 3G data plan will provide the authentication requirements to establish a connection. The dial Number and APN are specific to the cellular carriers. Once the connection type settings are configured and saved, navigate to the WAN status page (Setup > Internet Settings > WAN3 Status) and Enable the WAN3 link to establish the 3G connection. Field Reconnect Mode Maximum Idle Time User Name Password Dial-in Number Description Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. Enter the idle time in minutes before the router disconnects from the Internet (On Demand only). Enter your 3G account user name. Enter your 3G account password. Enter the phone number to access your Internet. Authentication Protocol Select one of following protocols from the drop-down menu: None, PAP or CHAP. APN Required APN DNS Server Source Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server MTU Size Custom MTU Toggle to ON if your ISP requires APN to connect. Enter the APN (Access Point Name) provided by the ISP. Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the primary DNS server IP address. If you selected Use These DNS Servers, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 41 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN Mode WAN Mode This router supports multiple WAN links. This allows you to take advantage of failover and load balancing features to ensure certain internet dependent services are prioritized in the event of unstable WAN connectivity on one of the ports. To use Auto Failover or Load Balancing, WAN link failure detection must be configured. This involves accessing DNS servers on the internet or ping to an internet address (user defined). If required, you can configure the number of retry attempts when the link seems to be disconnected or the threshold of failures that determines if a WAN port is down. Single WAN Port If you do not want to use Auto Failover or Load Balancing, select Single WAN Port from the WAN Mode drop-down menu and select the WAN port you want to set. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 42 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Auto-Rollover using WAN IP In this mode one of your WAN ports is assigned as the primary internet link for all internet traffic and the secondary WAN port is used for redundancy in case the primary link goes down for any reason. Both WAN ports
(primary and secondary) must be configured to connect to the respective ISPs before enabling this feature. The secondary WAN port will remain unconnected until a failure is detected on the primary link (either port can be assigned as the primary). In the event of a failure on the primary port, all internet traffic will be rolled over to the backup port. When configured in Auto-Failover mode, the link status of the primary WAN port is checked at regular intervals as defined by the failure detection settings. 1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field WAN Mode Use Primary WAN Port Use Secondary WAN Port Select which port to use if the primary port fails. Select Auto-Rollover Using WAN IP from the drop-down menu. Select which WAN port is the primary. Description DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specified to check the WAN Health Check Ping these IP addresses: These IPs will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above configured failure detect primary WAN connectivity. connectivity of the primary link. primary link. detection method. Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated. WAN1/WAN2/WAN3 Retry Interval Failover After Enter the DNS server or IP address to ping. Enter the time in seconds to initiate the WAN health check. Default is every 30 seconds. Enter the number of failures before the router will enable the failover process. Note: The DSR series routers support 3G USB Modem as a failover link when the internet access is lost. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 43 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN Mode Load Balancing This feature allows you to use multiple WAN links (and presumably multiple ISPs) simultaneously. After configuring more than one WAN port, the load balancing option is available to carry traffic over more than one link. Protocol bindings are used to segregate and assign services over one WAN port in order to manage internet flow. The configured failure detection method is used at regular intervals on all configured WAN ports when in Load Balancing mode. This router currently supports three algorithms for Load Balancing:
Round Robin: This algorithm is particularly useful when the connection speed of one WAN port greatly differs from another. In this case you can define protocol bindings to route low-latency services (such as VOIP) over the higher -speed link and let low-volume background traffic (such as SMTP) go over the lower speed link. Protocol binding is explained in next section. Spillover: If Spillover method is selected, the primary WAN acts as a dedicated link until a defined bandwidth threshold are reached. After this, the secondary WAN will be used for new connections. Inbound connections on the secondary WAN are permitted with this mode, as the spillover logic governs outbound connections moving from the primary to secondary WAN. You can configure spillover mode by using following options:
Load Tolerance: It is the percentage of bandwidth after which the router switches to secondary WAN. Max Bandwidth: This sets the maximum bandwidth tolerable by the primary WAN for outbound traffic. If the link bandwidth of outbound traffic goes above the load tolerance value of max bandwidth, the router will spillover the next connections to secondary WAN. For example, if the maximum bandwidth of primary WAN is 1Kbps and the load tolerance is set to 70. Now every time a new connection is established the bandwidth increases. After a certain number of connections say bandwidth reached 70% of 1Kbps, the new outbound connections will be spilled over to secondary WAN. The maximum value of load tolerance is 80% and the minimum is 20%. Note: The DSR-1000, DSR-1000N, DSR-500, and DSR-500N routers support the traffic load balancing between physical WAN port and a 3G USB Modem. Load balancing is particularly useful when the connection speed of one WAN port greatly differs from another. In this case you can define protocol bindings to route low-latency services (such as VOIP) over the higher-speed link and let low-volume background traffic (such as SMTP) go over the lower speed link. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 44 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet 1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode. Round Robin 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field WAN Mode Load Balance Select Load Balancing from the drop-down menu. Select Round Robin. Description DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specified to check the detect primary WAN connectivity. connectivity of the primary link. primary link. detection method. WAN Health Check Ping these IP addresses: These IPs will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above configured failure Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated. Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 45 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet 1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode. Spillover 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field WAN Mode Load Balance Select Load Balancing from the drop-down menu. Select Spillover Mode. Description DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specified to check the detect primary WAN connectivity. connectivity of the primary link. primary link. detection method. WAN Health Check Ping these IP addresses: These IPs will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above configured failure Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated. Retry Interval is Failover After Load Tolerance Max Bandwidth Save Enter the time in seconds to initiate the WAN health check. Default is every 30 seconds. Enter the number of failures before the router will enable the failover process. Enter the percentage of bandwidth after which the router switches to the secondary WAN. This sets the maximum bandwidth tolerable by the primary WAN for outbound traffic. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 46 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Routing Mode Routing between the LAN and WAN will impact the way this router handles traffic that is received on any of its physical interfaces. The routing mode of the gateway is core to the behavior of the traffic flow between the secure LAN and the internet. Path: Network > Internet > Routing Mode NAT or Classical With classical routing, devices on the LAN can be directly accessed from the internet with their public IP addresses
(assuming appropriate firewall settings are configured). If your ISP has assigned an IP address for each of the computers/devices that you use, select Classical. NAT is a technique which allows several computers and devices on your local network to share an Internet connection. The computers on the LAN use a private IP address range while the WAN port on the router is configured with a single public IP address. Along with connection sharing, NAT also hides internal IP addresses from the computers on the Internet. NAT is required if your ISP has assigned only one IP address to you. The computers/devices that connect through the router will need to be assigned IP addresses from a private subnet. 1. Click Network > Internet > Routing Mode. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Routing Settings NAT with WAN1 NAT with WAN2 Save Description Select NAT or Classical. Toggle to ON to use NAT with WAN1 or OFF for classical. Toggle to ON to use NAT with WAN2 or OFF for classical. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 47 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Transparent When Transparent Routing Mode is enabled, NAT is not performed on traffic between the LAN and WAN interfaces. Broadcast and multicast packets that arrive on the LAN interface are switched to the WAN and vice versa, if they do not get filtered by firewall or VPN policies. To maintain the LAN and WAN in the same broadcast domain select Transparent mode, which allows bridging of traffic from LAN to WAN and vice versa, except for router-terminated traffic and other management traffic. All DSR features (such as 3G modem support) are supported in transparent mode assuming the LAN and WAN are configured to be in the same broadcast domain. Note: NAT routing has a feature called NAT Hair -pinning that allows internal network users on the LAN and DMZ to access internal servers (e.g., an internal FTP server) using their externally-known domain name. This is also referred to as NAT loopback since LAN generated traffic is redirected through the firewall to reach LAN servers by their external name. 1. Click Network > Internet > Routing. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Routing Settings Save Select Transparent. Click to save and activate your settings. Description D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 48 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Bridge When Bridge Mode routing is enabled, the first physical LAN port and secondary WAN/DMZ (port 2) interfaces are bridged together at Layer 2, creating an aggregate network. The other LAN ports and the primary WAN
(WAN1) are not part of this bridge, and the router asks as a NAT device for these other ports. With Bridge mode for the LAN port 1 and WAN2/DMZ interfaces, L2 and L3 broadcast traffic as well as ARP / RARP packets are passed through. When WAN2 receives tagged traffic the tag information will be removed before the packet is forwarded to the LAN port 1 interface. Note: Bridge mode option is available on DSR-500 / 500N / 500AC 1000 / 1000N / 1000AC routers only. 1. Click Network > Internet > Routing. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Routing Settings Select Bridge. Description Bridge Interface IP Address Enter the bridge interface IP address. DMZ Interface IP Address Enter the DMZ interface IP address. Subnet Mask NAT with WAN1 Save Enter the subnet mask. Toggle ON to turn NAT on WAN1 or OFF for classical. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 49 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > IP Aliasing IP Aliasing A single WAN Ethernet port can be accessed via multiple IP addresses by adding an alias to the port. This is done by configuring an IP Alias address. To edit or delete any existing aliases, right-click the alias and select either Edit or Delete. To create a new alias:
1. Click Network > Internet > IP Aliasing. 2. Click Add New IP Aliasing. 3. Enter the following information and click Save. Field Interface IP Address Subnet Mask Save Description Select either WAN1 or WAN2. Enter an alias IP address for the WAN interface you selected. Enter a subnet mask for the WAN interface you selected. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 50 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet DMZ Settings Path: Network > Internet > DMZ Settings If you set WAN2 port to DMZ, you will need to configure the port here. To configure the DMZ Settings:
1. Click Network > Internet > DMZ Settings. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Mode DHCP Server DHCP Relay Enable DNS Proxy Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server WINS Server Save Description Enter an IP address for the DMZ interface. Enter the subnet mask for the DMZ interface. Select one of the following modes:
None - Turns off DHCP. DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server on your network. DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your network will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a different subnet. Refer to DHCP Server on page 19 for more information. Refer to DHCP Relay on page 20 for more information. Toggle to On to manually enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es). If set to Off, your routers LAN IP address will be assigned the DNS server to your clients and the router will get the DNS information from your ISP. If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the primary DNS server IP address. If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the WINS server IP address. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 51 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs The routers DHCP server can assign IP settings to your DMZ clients on your network by adding a clients MAC address and the IP address to be assigned. Whenever the router receives a request from a client, the MAC address of that client is compared with the MAC address list present in the database. If an IP address is already assigned to that computer or device in the database, the customized IP address is configured otherwise an IP address is assigned to the client automatically from the DMZ DHCP pool. To create DHCP reservations:
1. Click Network > Internet > DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs. 2. Click Add New DMZ DHCP Reserved IP. 3. Enter the following information and click Save. Field DMZ DHCP Reserved IP Enable IP Address MAC Address Save Description Toggle to ON to enable this reservation. Enter the IP address you want to assign to this device. Note that this IP address must be in the same range as the starting/ending IP address under DHCP Settings. Enter the MAC address of this device (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx format). Click Save to save your reservation. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 52 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Settings Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is an Internet service that allows routers with varying public IP addresses to be located using Internet domain names. To use DDNS, you must setup an account with a DDNS provider such as DynDNS. org, D-Link DDNS, or Oray.net. Each configured WAN can have a different DDNS service if required. Once configured, the router will update DDNS services changes in the WAN IP address so that features that are dependent on accessing the routers WAN via FQDN will be directed to the correct IP address. When you set up an account with a DDNS service, the host and domain name, username, password and wildcard support will be provided by the account provider. To configure DDNS:
1. Click Network > Internet > Dynamic DNS 2. Click the tab on top to select which WAN port you want to configure DDNS to. 3. Next to Dynamic DNS Service Type, select your DDNS service. 4. Enter the following information and click Save. The information below is for DynDNS. Other services will have similar fields. Description Field User Name Domain Name Password Status Allow Wildcards Update Periodically Save Enter your DDNS user name. Enter the domain name. Enter your DDNS password. Displays the current connection status. Toggle to ON to allow wildcards. Toggle to ON to set a forced update. Click Save to save your reservation. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 53 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Traffic Management Bandwidth Profiles Path: Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Bandwidth Profiles Bandwidth profiles allow you to regulate the traffic flow from the LAN to WAN 1 or WAN 2. This is useful to ensure that low priority LAN users (like guests or HTTP service) do not monopolize the available WANs bandwidth for cost-savings or bandwidth-priority-allocation purposes. Bandwidth profiles configuration consists of enabling the bandwidth control feature from the GUI and adding a profile which defines the control parameters. The profile can then be associated with a traffic selector, so that bandwidth profile can be applied to the traffic matching the selectors. Selectors are elements like IP addresses or services that would trigger the configured bandwidth regulation. To edit, delete, or create a new bandwidth profile:
1. Click Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Bandwidth Profiles. 2. Toggle Enable Bandwidth Profiles to ON and click Save. 3. Click Add New Bandwidth Profile. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 54 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet 4. Enter the following information and click Save. Field Name Policy Type WAN Interface Profile Type Priority Description Enter a name for your profile. This identifier is used to associate the configured profile to the traffic selector. Select the policy type (Inbound or Outbound) from the drop-down menu. Select which WAN interface you want to associate this profile with. Select either Priority or Rate from the drop-down menu. If you selected Priority, select Low, Medium, or High. Minimum Bandwidth Rate If you selected Rate, enter the minimum bandwidth rate. Maximum Bandwidth Rate If you selected Rate, enter the maximum bandwidth rate. Save Click Save to save your reservation. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 55 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Traffic Shaping Traffic Shaping Once a profile has been created it can then be associated with a traffic flow from the LAN to WAN. Traffic selector configuration binds a bandwidth profile to a type or source of LAN traffic with the following settings. To create a traffic selector:
1. Click Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Traffic Shaping. 2. Click Add New Traffic Selector. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Available Profiles Service Select a bandwidth profile from the drop-down menu. Select a service from the drop-down menu. Description Traffic Selector Match Type Select IP or MAC Address. IP Address Subnet Mask MAC Address Save If you selected IP, enter the IP address of the source associated with this profile. If you selected IP, enter a subnet mask. If you selected MAC, enter the MAC address of the source associated with this profile. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 56 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Routing Static Routes Path: Network > Routing > Static Routes Manually adding static routes to this device allows you to define the path selection of traffic from one interface to another. There is no communication between this router and other devices to account for changes in the path;
once configured the static route will be active and effective until the network changes. The List of Static Routes displays all routes that have been added manually by an administrator and allows several operations on the static routes. To create a new static route:
1. Click Network > Routing > Static Routes. 2. Click Add New Static Route. 3. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 57 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Field Route Name Active Private Destination IP Address IP Subnet Mask Interface Gateway IP Address Metric Save Description Enter a name for your route. Toggle to ON to activate this route or to OFF to deactivate. Toggle to ON to make this route private. If the route is made private, then the route will not be shared in a RIP broadcast or multicast. Enter the IP address of the static routes destination. Enter the subnet mask of the static route. The physical network interface (WAN1, WAN2, WAN3, DMZ or LAN), through which this route is accessible. IP address of the gateway through which the destination host or network can be reached. Determines the priority of the route. If multiple routes to the same destination exist, the route with the lowest metric is chosen. Click Save to save your route. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 58 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Routing > RIP RIP Dynamic routing using the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) that is common in LANs. With RIP this router can exchange routing information with other supported routers in the LAN and allow for dynamic adjustment of routing tables in order to adapt to modifications in the LAN without interrupting traffic flow. Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support RIP. To configure RIP:
1. Click Network > Routing > RIP. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Direction Version The RIP direction will define how this router sends and receives RIP packets. Select one of the following:
Both: The router both broadcasts its routing table and also processes RIP information received from other routers. This is the recommended setting in order to fully utilize RIP capabilities. Out Only: The router broadcasts its routing table periodically but does not accept RIP information Description In Only: The router accepts RIP information from other routers, but does not broadcast its routing from other routers. table. None: The router neither broadcasts its route table nor does it accept any RIP packets from other routers. This effectively disables RIP. The RIP version is dependent on the RIP support of other routing devices in the LAN. Disabled: This is the setting when RIP is disabled. RIP-1: A class-based routing version that does not include subnet information. This is the most commonly supported version. RIP-2: Includes all the functionality of RIPv1 plus it supports subnet information. Though the data is sent in RIP-2 format for both RIP-2B and RIP-2M, the mode in which packets are sent is different. RIP-2B broadcasts data in the entire subnet while RIP-2M sends data to multicast addresses. Note: If RIP-2B or RIP-2M is the selected version, authentication between this router and other routers (configured with the same RIP version) is required. MD5 authentication is used in a first/
second key exchange process. The authentication key validity lifetimes are configurable to ensure that the routing information exchange is with current and supported routers detected on the LAN. Save Click Save to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 59 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Routing > OSPF OSPF OSPF is an interior gateway protocol that routes Internet Protocol (IP) packets solely within a single routing domain. It gathers link state information from available routers and constructs a topology map of the network. OSPF version 2 is a routing protocol which described in RFC2328 - OSPF Version 2. OSPF is IGP (Interior Gateway Protocols). OSPF is widely used in large networks such as ISP backbone and enterprise networks. Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support OSPFv2. To configure OSPF:
1. Click Network > Routing > OSPF. 2. Right-click the port you want to edit (LAN/WAN1/WAN2/WAN3) and select Edit. 3. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 60 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Field OSPFv2 Enable Interface Area Priority Hello Interval Dead Interval Cost Authentication Type Description Toggle ON to enable OSPF. Displays the physical network interface on which OSPFv2 is Enabled/Disabled. Enter the area to which the interface belongs. Two routers having a common segment; their interfaces have to belong to the same area on that segment. The interfaces should belong to the same subnet and have similar mask. Helps to determine the OSPFv2 designated router for a network. The router with the highest priority will be more eligible to become Designated Router. Setting the value to 0 makes the router ineligible to become Designated Router. The default value is 1. Lower the value means higher the priority. The number of seconds for Hello Interval timer value. Enter the number in seconds that the Hello packet will be sent. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 10 seconds. The number of seconds that a devices hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 40 seconds. OSPF requires these intervals to be exactly the same between two neighbors. If any of these intervals are different, these routers will not become neighbors on a particular segment. Enter the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFv2 interface. Select one of the following authentication types:
None: The interface does not authenticate OSPF packets. Simple: OSPF packets are authenticated using simple text key. MD5: The interface authenticates OSPF packets with MD5 authentication. Md5 Key ID Md5 Authentication Key Save If MD5 authentication is selected, enter the MD5 key ID. If MD5 authentication is selected, enter the MD5 authentication key. Click Save to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 61 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Protocol Binding Path: Network > Routing > Protocol Binding Protocol bindings are useful when the Load Balancing feature is in use. Selecting from a list of configured services or any of the user-defined services, the type of traffic can be assigned to go over only one of the available WAN ports. For increased flexibility the source network or machines can be specified as well as the destination network or machines. For example, the VOIP traffic for a set of LAN IP addresses can be assigned to one WAN and any VOIP traffic from the remaining IP addresses can be assigned to the other WAN link. Protocol bindings are only applicable when load balancing mode is enabled and more than one WAN is configured. To add, edit, or delete a protocol binding entry:
1. Click Network > Routing > Protocol Binding. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Protocol Binding. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Service Local Gateway Source Network Destination Network Save Description Select a service from the drop-down menu. Select a WAN interface. Select the source network: Any, Single Address, or Address Range. If Single Address or Address Range is selected, enter the IP address or IP range. Select the destination network: Any, Single Address, or Address Range. If Single Address or Address Range is selected, enter the IP address or IP range. Click Save to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 62 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet IPv6 IP Mode Path: Network > IPv6 > IP Mode This page allows you to configure the IP protocol version to be used on the router. In order to support IPv6 on your local network (LAN), you must set the router to be in IPv4 / IPv6 mode. This mode will allow IPv4 nodes to communicate with IPv6 devices through this router. To enable IPv6 on the router:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > IP Mode. 2. Select IPv4 & IPv6. 3. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 63 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings WAN Settings For IPv6 WAN connections, this router can have a static IPv6 address or receive connection information when configured as a DHCPv6 client. In the case where the ISP assigns you a fixed address to access the internet, the static configuration settings must be completed. In addition to the IPv6 address assigned to your router, the IPv6 prefix length defined by the ISP is needed. The default IPv6 Gateway address is the server at the ISP that this router will connect to for accessing the internet. The primary and secondary DNS servers on the ISPs IPv6 network are used for resolving internet addresses, and these are provided along with the static IP address and prefix length from the ISP. When the ISP allows you to obtain the WAN IP settings via DHCP, you need to provide details for the DHCPv6 client configuration. The DHCPv6 client on the gateway can be either stateless or stateful. If a stateful client is selected the gateway will connect to the ISPs DHCPv6 server for a leased address. For stateless DHCP there need not be a DHCPv6 server available at the ISP, rather ICMPv6 discover messages will originate from this gateway and will be used for auto configuration. A third option to specify the IP address and prefix length of a preferred DHCPv6 server is available as well. Dynamic IP To configure a dynamic (DHCP) IPv6 Internet connection:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Connection Type DHCPv6 Auto Configuration Prefix Delegation Save Description Select DHCPv6 from the drop-down menu. Select either Stateless Address or Stateful Address. Select this option to request router advertisement prefix from any available DHCPv6 servers available on the ISP, the obtained prefix is updated to the advertised prefixes on the LAN side. This option can be selected only in Stateless Address Auto Configuration mode of DHCPv6 Client. Click Save to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 64 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Static IP To configure a static IPv6 Internet connection:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Description Connection Type IPv6 Address IPv6 Prefix Length Select Static. Enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. Enter the IPv6 prefix length supplied by your ISP. Default IPv6 Gateway Enter the IPv6 gateway address supplied by your ISP. Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Enter the primary DNS server IP address. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 65 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet PPPoE To configure a dynamic (DHCP) IPv6 Internet connection:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Connection Type User Name Password Authentication Type DHCPv6 Options Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Save Description Select PPPoE. Enter your PPPoE user name. Enter your PPPoE password. Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu (Auto-negotiate/PAP/CHAP/MS-CHAP/MS-
CHAPv2). Select the mode of DHCPv6 client that will start in this mode (Disable dhcpv6/Stateless dhcpv6/Stateful dhcpv6/Stateless dhcpv6 with prefix delegation. Enter the primary DNS server IP address. Enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 66 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > IPv6 > Static Routing Static Routing Manually adding static routes to this device allows you to define the path selection of traffic from one interface to another. There is no communication between this router and other devices to account for changes in the path;
once configured the static route will be active and effective until the network changes. The List of Static Routes displays all routes that have been added manually by an administrator and allows several operations on the static routes. To create a new static route:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > Static Routing. 2. Click Add New IPv6 Static Route. 3. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 67 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Field Route Name Active IPv6 Destination IPv6 Prefix Length Interface IPv6 Gateway Metric Save Description Enter a name for your route. Toggle to ON to activate this route or to OFF to deactivate. Enter the IP address of the static routes destination. Enter the prefix length of the static route. The physical network interface (WAN1, WAN2, WAN3, DMZ or LAN), through which this route is accessible. IPv6 address of the gateway through which the destination host or network can be reached. Determines the priority of the route. If multiple routes to the same destination exist, the route with the lowest metric is chosen. Click Save to save your route. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 68 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > IPv6 > OSPFv3 OSPFv3 OSPF is an interior gateway protocol that routes Internet Protocol (IP) packets solely within a single routing domain. It gathers link state information from available routers and constructs a topology map of the network. Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) supports IPv6. To enable an OSPFv3 process on a router, you need to enable the OSPFv3 process globally, assign the OSPFv3 process a router ID, and enable the OSPFv3 process on related interfaces. Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support OSPFv3. To configure OSPF:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > OSPFv3. 2. Right-click the port you want to edit (LAN/WAN1/WAN2) and select Edit. 3. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 69 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Field OSPFv3 Enable Interface Priority Hello Interval Dead Interval Cost Save Description Toggle ON to enable OSPFv3. Displays the physical network interface on which OSPFv3 is Enabled/Disabled. Helps to determine the OSPFv3 designated router for a network. The router with the highest priority will be more eligible to become Designated Router. Setting the value to 0 makes the router ineligible to become Designated Router. The default value is 1. Lower the value means higher the priority. The number of seconds for Hello Interval timer value. Enter the number in seconds that the Hello packet will be sent. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 10 seconds. The number of seconds that a devices hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 40 seconds. OSPF requires these intervals to be exactly the same between two neighbors. If any of these intervals are different, these routers will not become neighbors on a particular segment. Enter the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFv3 interface. Click Save to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 70 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling 6 to 4 Tunneling 6to4 is an Internet transition mechanism for migrating from IPv4 to IPv6, a system that allows IPv6 packets to be transmitted over an IPv4 network. Select the check box to Enable Automatic Tunneling and allow traffic from an IPv6 LAN to be sent over an IPv4 Option to reach a remote IPv6 network. To enable 6 to 4 tunneling:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling. 2. Toggle Activate Auto Tunneling to ON. 3. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 71 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling ISATAP ISATAP (Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel Addressing Protocol) is an IPv6 transition mechanism meant to transmit IPv6 packets between dual-stack nodes on top of an IPv4 network. ISATAP specifies an IPv6-IPv4 compatibility address format as well as a means for site border router discovery. ISATAP also specifies the operation of IPv6 over a specific link layer - that being IPv4 used as a link layer for IPv6. To add, edit, or delete a ISATAP entry:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > ISATAP. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New ISATAP Tunnel. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field ISATAP Subnet Prefix End Point Address IPv4 Address Save Description This is the 64-bit subnet prefix that is assigned to the logical ISATAP subnet for this intranet. This can be obtained from your ISP or internet registry, or derived from RFC 4193. This is the endpoint address for the tunnel that starts with this router. The endpoint can be the LAN interface (assuming the LAN is an IPv4 network), or a specific LAN IPv4 address. The end point address if not the entire LAN. Click Save to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 72 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet LAN Settings DHCPv6 Server Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 LAN Settings In IPv6 mode, the LAN DHCP server is disabled by default (similar to IPv4 mode). The DHCPv6 server will serve IPv6 addresses from configured address pools with the IPv6 Prefix Length assigned to the LAN. The default IPv6 LAN address for the router is fec0::1. You can change this 128-bit IPv6 address based on your network requirements. The other field that defines the LAN settings for the router is the prefix length. The IPv6 network (subnet) is identified by the initial bits of the address called the prefix. By default this is 64 bits long. All hosts in the network have common initial bits for their IPv6 address; the number of common initial bits in the networks addresses is set by the prefix length field. To configure IPv6 LAN settings on the router:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 LAN Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 73 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Field IPv6 Address IPv6 Prefix Length Status Mode Domain Name Server Preference DNS Servers Lease / Rebind Time Prefix Delegation Save Description Enter the IPv6 LAN address for the router. Enter the prefix length. Toggle to ON to enable DHCPv6. The IPv6 DHCP server is either stateless or stateful. If stateless is selected an external IPv6 DHCP server is not required as the IPv6 LAN hosts are auto-configured by this router. In this case the router advertisement daemon (RADVD) must be configured on this device and ICMPv6 router discovery messages are used by the host for auto-configuration. There are no managed addresses to serve the LAN nodes. If stateful is selected the IPv6 LAN host will rely on an external DHCPv6 server to provide required configuration settings. Enter a domain name (optional). Server Preference is used to indicate the preference level of this DHCP server. DHCP advertise messages with the highest server preference value to a LAN host are preferred over other DHCP server advertise messages. The default is 255. The DNS server details can be manually entered here (primary/secondary options. An alternative is to allow the LAN DHCP client to receive the DNS server details from the ISP directly. By selecting Use DNS proxy, this router acts as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicates with the ISPs DNS servers (a WAN configuration parameter). Enter the duration of the DHCPv6 lease from this router to the LAN client. Toggle to ON to enable prefix delegation in DHCPv6 server. This option can be selected only in Stateless Address Auto Configuration mode of DHCPv6 server. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 74 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Address Pools IPv6 Address Pools This feature allows you to define the IPv6 delegation prefix for a range of IP addresses to be served by the routers DHCPv6 server. Using a delegation prefix you can automate the process of informing other networking equipment on the LAN of DHCP information specific for the assigned prefix. To add, edit, or delete a IPv6 address pool entry:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Address Pools tab. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Address Pool. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Start IPv6 Address End IPv6 Address Prefix Length Save Description Enter the starting IPv6 LAN address. Enter the ending IPv6 LAN address. Enter the prefix length. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 75 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Prefix Length IPv6 Prefix Length To add, edit, or delete a IPv6 prefix length entry:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Prefix Length tab. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Prefix Length. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Profile Prefix Length Save Enter a name for this profile. Enter the prefix length. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Description D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 76 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Router Advertisement Router Advertisement Router Advertisements are analogous to IPv4 DHCP assignments for LAN clients, in that the router will assign an IP address and supporting network information to devices that are configured to accept such details. Router Advertisement is required in an IPv6 network is required for stateless auto configuration of the IPv6 LAN. By configuring the Router Advertisement Daemon on this router, the router will listen on the LAN for router solicitations and respond to these LAN hosts with router advisements. To configure router advertisement settings:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Router Advertisement tab. 2. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. Field Status Advertise Mode Advertise Interval Managed Other Router Preference MTU Router Lifetime Save Description Toggle to ON to enable this feature. Select Unsolicited Multicast to send router advertisements (RAs) to all interfaces in the multicast group. To restrict RAs to well-known IPv6 addresses on the LAN, and thereby reduce overall network traffic, select Unicast only. When advertisements are unsolicited multicast packets, this interval sets the maximum time between advertisements from the interface. The actual duration between advertisements is a random value between one third of this field and this field. The default is 30 seconds. Toggle to ON to use the administered/stateful protocol for address auto-configuration. If set to OFF, the host uses administered/stateful protocol for non-address auto configuration. Toggle to ON to use administered/stateful protocol of other (i.e., non-address) information auto configuration. This parameter (low/medium/high) determines the preference associated with the RADVD process of the router. This is useful if there are other RADVD-enabled devices on the LAN as it helps avoid conflicts for IPv6 clients. The router advertisement will set this maximum transmission unit (MTU) value for all nodes in the LAN that are auto-configured by the router. The default is 1500. This value is present in RAs and indicates the usefulness of this router as a default router for the interface. The default is 3600 seconds. Upon expiration of this value, a new RADVD exchange must take place between the host and this router. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 77 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Advertisement Prefixes Advertisement Prefixes Router advertisements configured with advertisement prefixes allow this router to inform hosts how to perform stateless address auto configuration. Router advertisements contain a list of subnet prefixes that allow the router to determine neighbors and whether the host is on the same link as the router. To add, edit, or delete an advertisement prefix entry:
1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Advertisement Prefixes tab. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Advertisement Length. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field IPv6 Prefix Type SLA ID IPv6 Prefix IPv6 Prefix Length Prefix Lifetime Save Description To ensure hosts support IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel select the 6to4 prefix type. Selecting Global/Local/ISATAP will allow the nodes to support all other IPv6 routing options. The SLA ID (Site-Level Aggregation Identifier) is available when 6to4 Prefixes are selected. This should be the interface ID of the routers LAN interface used for router advertisements. When using Global/Local/ISATAP prefixes, this field is used to define the IPv6 network advertised by this router. This value indicates the number contiguous, higher order bits of the IPv6 address that define up the network portion of the address. Typically this is 64. This defines the duration (in seconds) that the requesting node is allowed to use the advertised prefix. It is analogous to DHCP lease time in an IPv4 network. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 78 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet IPv6 Tunnels Status Path: Network > IPv6 > IPv6 Tunnels Status This page displays the current status of IPv6 Tunnels. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 79 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Wireless Settings The Wireless Network Setup Wizard is available for users new to wireless networking. By going through a few configuration pages you can enable a Wi-Fi network on your LAN and allow supported 802.11 clients to connect to the configured Access Point. To run the wizard, refer to #6 Wireless Network Setup on page 12. Access Points Path: Wireless > General > Access Points This router has an integrated 802.11n/ac radio that allows you to create an access point for wireless LAN clients. The security/encryption/authentication options are grouped in a wireless Profile, and each configured profile will be available for selection in the AP configuration menu. The profile defines various parameters for the AP, including the security between the wireless client and the AP, and can be shared between multiple APs instances on the same device when needed. Up to four unique wireless networks can be created by configuring multiple virtual APs . Each such virtual AP appears as an independent AP (unique SSID) to supported clients in the environment, but is actually running on the same physical radio integrated with this router. Note: Profiles may be thought of as a grouping of AP parameters that can then be applied to not just one but multiple AP instances (SSIDs), thus avoiding duplication if the same parameters are to be used on multiple AP instances or SSIDs. To add, edit, or delete an access point entry:
1. Click Wireless > General > Access Points. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Access Point. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 80 Section 6 - Wireless Settings 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field AP Name Profile Name Active Time Schedule Control Start/Stop Time WLAN Partition Save Description Enter a name for your virtual access point. Select a profile from the drop-down menu to associate this access point with. If you do not want to use the default profile, create a profile (refer to the next page) and then create an access point. Toggle to ON to turn on this access point. Toggle to ON if you want to specify a time to have this access point turned on. Enter a start and stop time. Toggle to ON to prevent associated wireless clients from communicating with each other. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 81 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Path: Wireless > General > Profiles Profiles Creating a profile allows you to assign the security type, encryption and authentication to use when connecting the AP to a wireless client. The default mode is open, i.e., no security. This mode is insecure as it allows any compatible wireless clients to connect to an AP configured with this security profile. To create a new profile, use a unique profile name to identify the combination of settings. Configure a unique SSID that will be the identifier used by the clients to communicate to the AP using this profile. By choosing to broadcast the SSID, compatible wireless clients within range of the AP can detect this profiles availability. The AP offers all advanced 802.11 security modes, including WEP, WPA, and WPA2. To add, edit, or delete a profile:
1. Click Wireless > General > Profiles. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Access Point. 3. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 82 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Field Profile Name SSID Broadcast SSID Security Encryption Authentication Description Enter a name for your profile. Enter a name for your wireless network (SSID). Toggle to ON if you want your SSID broadcast openly or toggle to OFF to hide it. Clients will have to know the SSID to connect. Select what kind of wireless security you want to use:
Open: Select this option to create a public open network to allow unauthenticated devices to access this wireless gateway. WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy): This option requires a static (pre -shared) key to be shared between the AP and wireless client . Note that WEP does not support 802.11n data rates; is it appropriate for legacy 802.11 connections. WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access): For stronger wireless security than WEP, choose this option. The encryption for WPA will use TKIP and also CCMP if required. The authentication can be a preshared key (PSK), Enterprise mode with RADIUS server, or both. Note that WPA does not support 802.11n data rates; is it appropriate for legacy 802.11 connections. WPA2: This security type uses CCMP encryption (and the option to add TKIP encryption) on either PSK
(pre-shared key) or Enterprise (RADIUS Server) authentication. WPA + WPA2: This uses both encryption algorithms, TKIP and CCMP. WPA clients will use TKIP and WPA2 clients will use CCMP encryption algorithms. Select the encryption type:
WEP - Select Open or Shared. WPA - Select TKIP or TKIP+CCMP. WPA2 - Select CCMP or TKIP+CCMP. WPA+WPA2 - TKIP+CCMP will be the only option. Select the authentication type:
WEP - Select 64-bit or 128-bit. WPA/WPA2/WPA+WPA2 - Select PSK (passphrase), RADIUS (RADIUS server), or PSK+RADIUS (both). WEP Passphrase/Key (1-4) If you selected WEP, enter a passphrase or up to four hexadecimal keys (a-f, 0-9, A-F). WPA Password Save If you selected WPA, WPA2, or WPA+WPA2, enter a WPA password. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. The AP configuration page allows you to create a new AP and link to it one of the available profiles. This router supports multiple APs referred to as virtual access points (VAPs). Each virtual AP that has a unique SSIDs appears as an independent access point to clients. This valuable feature allows the routers radio to be configured in a way to optimize security and throughput for a group of clients as required by the user. To create a VAP, refer to Access Points on page 80. After setting the AP name, the profile drop-down menu is used to select one of the configured profiles. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 83 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Path: Wireless > General > Radio Settings Radio Settings You may configure the channels and power levels available for the APs enabled on the router. The router has a dual band 802.11n radio, meaning either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency of operation can be selected (not concurrently though). Based on the selected operating frequency, the mode selection will let you define whether legacy connections or only 802.11n connections (or both) are accepted on configured APs. The ratified 802.11n support on this radio requires selecting the appropriate broadcast mode, and then defining the channel spacing and control side band for 802.11n traffic. The default settings are appropriate for most networks. For example, changing the channel spacing to 40MHz can improve bandwidth at the expense of supporting earlier 802.11n clients. The available transmission channels are governed by regulatory constraints based on the region setting of the router. To configure the radio settings:
1. Click Wireless > General > Radio Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Operating Frequency Mode Channel Spacing Control Side Band Current Channel Channel Default Transmit Power Transmit Power Transmission Rate Save Description Select 2.4GHz or 5GHz. Select the 802.11 mode:
2.4GHz - g and b, g only, n and g, or n only. 5GHz - a only, n and a, or n only. Select the Channel Width:
Auto 20/40 - This is the default setting. Select if you are using both 802.11n and non-802.11n wireless devices. 20MHz - Select if you are not using any 802.11n wireless clients. Select Upper or Lower. Available for 802.11n only. Displays the current channel. Select the channel you want to use. Enter the default transmit power (0-31). Displays the current transmit power. Select a transmission rate from the drop-down menu. This will lock the transmission rate of your wireless connection. It is strongly recommended to use Best (Automatic). Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 84 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Path: Wireless > General >Radio Settings > 5 Ghz 802.11AC Configuration This section provides configuration options to use the DSR-500AC or DSR-1000AC advanced wireless capabilities in the 5 GHz band. With 802.11AC, data throughput can be significantly increased as compared to 802.11n rates as the channel bandwidth can be as high as 80 MHz. The available channels and spacing bandwidth are regulated by the regulatory setting of the specific country the DSR-500AC or DSR-1000AC is deployed in. By selecting 802.11AC rates, the 5 GHz radio will use the enhance capability of the new design and will send more data in a single packet (via wireless frame aggragation). Field Mode Channel Spacing Current Channel Channel Description This is the 802.11 modulaition technique being used Distance in MHz between the successive channels Channel being used in the available spectrum. Channel number selected by user, this is defined by the country code for the device. Default Transmit Power Output transmit power set by user Transmit Power Transmission Rate Save Transmit power currently in use by the radio. Select a transmission rate from the drop-down menu. This will lock the transmission rate of your wireless connection. It is strongly recommended to use Best (Automatic). Rates used by device to download the data to client. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 85 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Path: Wireless > Advanced > WMM WMM Settings Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) provides basic Quality of Service (QoS) features to IEEE 802.11 networks. WMM prioritizes traffic according to four Access Categories (AC) - voice, video, best effort, and background. To configure the radio settings:
1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WMM. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Profile Name Enable WMM Default Class of Service IP DSCP / TOS Save Description Select the profile to associate this configuration to from the drop-down menu. Toggle to ON to enable WMM. Select an available access category (voice, video, best effort, or background) to assign as default. Under Class of Service, select a service and map it to the IP DSCP / TOS value. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 86 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Path: Wireless > Advanced > WDS WDS Wireless Distribution System (WDS) is a system enabling the wireless interconnection of access points in a network. This feature is only guaranteed to work between devices of the same type (i.e., using the same chipset/
driver). When you enable WDS, use the same security configuration as the default access point. The WDS links do not have true WPA/WPA2 support, as in there is no WPA key handshake performed. Instead the Session Key to be used with a WDS Peer is computed using a hashing function (similar to the one used for computing a WPA PMK). The inputs to this function are a PSK (configurable by an administrator from the WDS page) and an internal magic string (non-configurable). In effect the WDS links use TKIP/AES encryption, depending on the encryption configured for the default AP. In case the default AP uses mixed encryption (TKIP + AES). The WDS link will use the AES encryption scheme. Note: For a WDS link to function properly the Radio settings on the WDS peers have to be the same. To configure the radio settings:
1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WDS. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field WDS Enable WDS Encryption WDS Security WDS Authentication WDS Passphrase System MAC Address Add New WDS Save Description Toggle to ON to enable WDS and click Save. Displays the current wireless encryption used. Displays the current security type. Displays the current authentication type. Enter the WDS passphrase (if WEP, WPA, WPA2, or WPA+WPA2 is enabled). Displays the system MAC address. Once you enabled WDS (and clicked Save), click Add New WDS and enter the MAC address of a WDS peer. You can add up to four WDS peers. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 87 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Advanced Settings Path: Wireless > Advanced > Advanced Settings You can modify the 802.11 communication parameters in this page. Generally, the default settings are appropriate for most networks. 1. Click Wireless > Advanced > Advanced Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Beacon Interval DTIM Interval RTS Threshold Description Beacons are packets sent by an Access Point to synchronize a wireless network. The default value is 100.
(Delivery Traffic Indication Message) 3 is the default setting. A DTIM is a countdown informing clients of the next window for listening to broadcast and multicast messages. This value should remain at its default setting of 2432. If inconsistent data flow is a problem, only a minor modification should be made. Preamble Mode Fragmentation Threshold The fragmentation threshold, which is specified in bytes, determines whether packets will be fragmented. Packets exceeding the 2346 byte setting will be fragmented before transmission. 2346 is the default setting. Select either Long or Short. The Preamble Type defines the length of the CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) block for communication between the Access Point and roaming wireless adapters. High network traffic areas should use Short preamble type. Select either None or CTS-to-Self Protection. Select the CTS-to-Self Protection to enable CTS-to-Self protection mechanism, which is used to minimize collisions among stations in a mixed 802.11b & g environment. The default selection is None. Toggle to ON to enable the Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery (also referred to as WMM Power Save) feature that allows the radio to conserve power. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Power Save Enable Protection Mode Save D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 88 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Path: Wireless > Advanced > WPS WPS WPS is a simplified method to add supporting wireless clients to the network. WPS is only applicable for APs that employ WPA or WPA2 security. To use WPS, select the eligible VAPs from the drop-down menu of APs that have been configured with this security and enable WPS status for this AP. The WPS Current Status section outlines the security, authentication, and encryption settings of the selected AP. These are consistent with the APs profile. There are two setup options:
Personal Identification Number (PIN): The wireless device that supports WPS may have an alphanumeric PIN, if it does add the PIN in this field. The router will connect within 60 seconds of clicking the Configure via PIN button immediately below the PIN field. There is no LED indication that a client has connected. Push Button Configuration (PBC): For wireless devices that support PBC, press and hold the WPS button for two seconds, and then press the WPS button (or initiate WPS via GUI) on your wireless client within two minutes. The AP will detect the wireless device and establish a secure link to the client. To enable and connect clients using WPS:
1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WPS. 2. Select which VAP you want to perform the WPS process from the drop-down menu. 3. Toggle WPS Status to ON and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 89 Section 6 - Wireless Settings 4. Once enabled the following screen will appear. 5. Under WPS Setup Method, decide to either use PIN or PBC (Push Button). 6. If you want to use PIN method, enter the PIN next to Station PIN and click Configure Via PIN. You will need to enter the PIN on your wireless client and start the WPS process within one minute. 7. If you want to use push button method, click Configure Via PBC. This will initiate the WPS session. You will need to press the WPS button (or initiate through an interface) on your client within one minute. 8. Allow up to two minutes to connect. Check the Session Status to see if it successfully connected. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 90 Section 7 - VPN VPN A VPN provides a secure communication channel (tunnel) between two gateway routers or a remote PC client. The following types of tunnels can be created:
Gateway-to-gateway VPN: To connect two or more routers to secure traffic between remote sites. Remote Client (client-to-gateway VPN tunnel): A remote client initiates a VPN tunnel as the IP address of the remote PC client is not known in advance. The gateway in this case acts as a responder. Remote client behind a NAT router: The client has a dynamic IP address and is behind a NAT Router. The remote PC client at the NAT router initiates a VPN tunnel as the IP address of the remote NAT router is not known in advance. The gateway WAN port acts as responder. PPTP server for LAN / WAN PPTP client connections. L2TP server for LAN / WAN L2TP client connections. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 91 Section 7 - VPN IPSec VPN Policies Path: VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies An IPsec policy is between this router and another gateway or this router and an IPsec client on a remote host. The IPsec mode can be either tunnel or transport depending on the network being traversed between the two policy endpoints. Transport: This is used for end-to-end communication between this router and the tunnel endpoint, either another IPsec gateway or an IPsec VPN client on a host. Only the data payload is encrypted and the IP header is not modified or encrypted. Tunnel: This mode is used for network-to-network IPsec tunnels where this gateway is one endpoint of the tunnel. In this mode the entire IP packet including the header is encrypted and/or authenticated. When tunnel mode is selected, you can enable NetBIOS and DHCP over IPsec. DHCP over IPsec allows this router to serve IP leases to hosts on the remote LAN. As well in this mode you can define the single IP address, range of IPs, or subnet on both the local and remote private networks that can communicate over the tunnel. To configure the radio settings:
1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies. 2. Click Add new IPSec Policy. Fill out the General section which you will name the VPN, select policy type, define the tunnel type, and define endpoints. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 92 Section 7 - VPN Field Policy Name Policy Type IP Protocol Version IKE Version IPSec Mode Select Local Gateway Remote Endpoint IP Address/FQDN Enable Mode Config Enable NetBIOS Enable RollOver Protocol Enable DHCP Description Enter a unique name for the VPN Policy. This name is not an identifier for the remote WAN/client. Select either Manual or Auto. Manual: All settings (including the keys) for the VPN tunnel are manually input for each end point. No third-party server or organization is involved. Auto: Some parameters for the VPN tunnel are generated automatically. This requires using the IKE
(Internet Key Exchange) protocol to perform negotiations between the two VPN Endpoints. Select either IPv4 or IPv6. Select the version of IKE. Select either Tunnel or Transport. IPsec tunnel mode is useful for protecting traffic between different networks, when traffic must pass through an intermediate, untrusted network. Tunnel mode is primarily used for interoperability with gateways, or end-systems that do not support L2TP/IPsec or PPTP connections. Transport mode is the default mode for IPsec, and it is used for end-to-end communications (for example, for communications between a client and a server). In the event that two WAN ports are configured to connect to your ISP, select the gateway that will be used as the local endpoint for this IPsec tunnel. Select the type of identifier that you want to provide for the router at the remote endpoint (either IP Address or FQDN [Fully Qualified Domain Name]) Enter the identifier for the router. Toggle to ON to enable. Mode Config is similar to DHCP and is used to assign IP addresses to the remote VPN clients. Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel Toggle to ON to enable VPN rollover. You must have the WAN Mode set to Rollover. Select a protocol from the drop-down menu. Toggle to ON to allow VPN clients that are connected to your router over IPsec to receive an assigned IP using DHCP. Select the type of identifier that you want to provide for the endpoint:
Any: Specifies that the policy is for traffic from the given end point (local or remote). Note that selecting Any for both local and remote end points is not valid. Local IP/Remote IP Single: Limits the policy to one host. Enter the IP address of the host that will be part of the VPN. Range: Allows computers within an IP address range to connect to the VPN. Enter the Start IP Address and End IP Address in the provided fields. Subnet: Allows an entire subnet to connect to the VPN. Enter the network address and subnet mask in Enable Keepalive Toggle to ON to periodically send ping packets to the host on the peer side of the network to keep the tunnel alive. the provided fields. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 93 Section 7 - VPN 3. Once the tunnel type and endpoints of the tunnel are defined you can determine the Phase 1/ Phase 2 negotiation to use for the tunnel. This is covered in the IPsec mode setting, as the policy can be Manual or Auto. For Auto policies, the Internet Key Exchange (IKE) protocol dynamically exchanges keys between two IPsec hosts. The Phase 1 IKE parameters are used to define the tunnels security association details. The Phase 2 Auto policy parameters cover the security association lifetime and encryption/authentication details of the phase 2 key negotiation. The VPN policy is one half of the IKE/VPN policy pair required to establish an Auto IPsec VPN tunnel. The IP addresses of the machine or machines on the two VPN endpoints are configured here, along with the policy parameters required to secure the tunnel. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 94 Section 7 - VPN A Manual policy does not use IKE and instead relies on manual keying to exchange authentication parameters between the two IPsec hosts. The incoming and outgoing security parameter index
(SPI) values must be mirrored on the remote tunnel endpoint. As well the encryption and integrity algorithms and keys must match on the remote IPsec host exactly in order for the tunnel to establish successfully. Note that using Auto policies with IKE are preferred as in some IPsec implementations the SPI (security parameter index) values require conversion at each endpoint. DSR routers supports VPN roll-over feature. This means that policies configured on the primary WAN will rollover to the secondary WAN in case of a link failure. This feature can be used only if your WAN is configured in Auto-Rollover mode. Note: Once you have created an IPSec policy, you may right-click the policy and select Export to save as a file. You can then upload this to another DSR router or keep as a backup. To upload a saved policy, refer to Easy VPN Setup on page 102. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 95 Section 7 - VPN Path: VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode Tunnel Mode When tunnel mode is selected, you can enable NetBIOS and DHCP over IPSec. DHCP over IPSec allows this router to serve IP leases to hosts on the remote LAN. You can also define a single IP address, a range of IPs, or a subnet on both the local and remote private networks that can communicate over the tunnel. The router allows full tunnel and split tunnel support. Full tunnel mode just sends all traffic from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split tunnel mode only sends traffic to the private LAN based on pre-specified client routes. These client routes give the client access to specific private networks, thereby allowing access control over specific LAN services. 1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Tunnel Mode Start/End IP Address Select either Full Tunnel or Split Tunnel. Enter the starting and ending IP addresses. Description Primary/Secondary DNS Enter the primary and secondary DNS server addresses. Primary/Secondary WINS Enter the primary and secondary WINS server addresses. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 96 Section 7 - VPN Split DNS Names In a split DNS infrastructure, you create two zones for the same domain, one to be used by the internal network, the other used by the external network. Split DNS directs internal hosts to an internal domain name server for name resolution and external hosts are directed to an external domain name server for name resolution. To add a DNS name:
1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode > Split DNS Names tab. 2. Click Add New Split DNS name. You can right-click any created entries to edit or delete. 3. Enter a domain name and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 97 Section 7 - VPN DHCP Range This page displays the IP range to be assigned to clients connecting using DHCP over IPsec. By default the range is in 192.168.12.0 subnet. To configure the DHCP over IPSec DHCP server settings:
1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > DHCP Range. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Starting IP Address Ending IP Address Subnet Mask Save Description Enter the starting IP address to issue your clients connecting using DHCP over IPSec. Enter the ending IP address. Enter the subnet mask. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 98 Section 7 - VPN Certificates This router uses digital certificates for IPsec VPN authentication. You can obtain a digital certificate from a well-
known Certificate Authority (CA) such as VeriSign, or generate and sign your own certificate using functionality available on this gateway. The router comes with a self-signed certificate, and this can be replaced by one signed by a CA as per your networking requirements. A CA certificate provides strong assurance of the servers identity and is a requirement for most corporate network VPN solutions. Trusted Certificates The certificates menu allows you to view a list of certificates (both from a CA and self-signed) currently loaded on the router. The following certificate data is displayed in the list of Trusted (CA) certificates:
CA Identity (Subject Name): The certificate is issued to this person or organization Issuer Name: This is the CA name that issued this certificate Expiry Time: The date after which this Trusted certificate becomes invalid To upload a certificate:
1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certificate > Trusted Certificates tab. 2. Click the Browse button. Locate your certificate and click Open. 3. Click Upload. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 99 Section 7 - VPN Active Self Certificates A self certificate is a certificate issued by a CA identifying your device (or self-signed if you dont want the identity protection of a CA). The Active Self Certificate table lists the self certificates currently loaded on the router. The following information is displayed for each uploaded self certificate:
Name: The name you use to identify this certificate, it is not displayed to IPsec VPN peers. Subject Name: This is the name that will be displayed as the owner of this certificate. This should be your official registered or company name, as IPsec or SSL VPN peers are shown this field. Serial Number: The serial number is maintained by the CA and used to identify this signed certificate. Issuer Name: This is the CA name that issued (signed) this certificate Expiry Time: The date after which this signed certificate becomes invalid. You should renew the certificate before it expires. To upload a certificate:
1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certificate > Active Self Certificates tab. 2. Click the Browse button. Locate your certificate and click Open. 3. Click Upload. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 100 Section 7 - VPN Self Certificate Requests To request a self certificate to be signed by a CA, you can generate a Certificate Signing Request from the router by entering identification parameters and passing it along to the CA for signing. Once signed, the CAs Trusted Certificate and signed certificate from the CA are uploaded to activate the self -certificate validating the identity of this gateway. The self certificate is then used in IPsec and SSL connections with peers to validate the gateways authenticity. To generate a certificate signing request:
1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certificates > Self Certificate Requests. 2. Click New Self Certificate. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Name Subject Hash Algorithm Signature Key Length Application Type IP Address Domain Name Email Address Save Description Enter a name (identifier) for the certificate. This field will populate the CN (Common Name) entry of the generated certificate. Subject names are usually defined in the following format: CN=<device name>, OU=<department>, O=<organization>, L=<city>, ST=<state>, C=<country>. For example: CN=router1, OU=my_company, O=mydept, L=SFO, C=US. Select the algorithm from the drop-down menu. Select either MD5 or SHA-1. Select the signature key length from the drop-down menu. Select either 512, 1024, or 2048 Select the application type from the drop-down menu. Select either HTTPS or IPSec. Enter an IP address (optional). Enter a domain name (optional). Enter your email address. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 101 Section 7 - VPN Easy VPN Setup To upload an exported IPSec VPN policy:
1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Easy VPN Setup. 2. Click Browse and navigate to the policy file you want to upload. Select it and click Open. 3. Click Upload. 4. Once uploaded, go to VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies and the loaded VPN will be listed. Right-click it to edit or delete. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 102 Section 7 - VPN Path: VPN > PPTP VPN > Server PPTP VPN Server A PPTP VPN can be established through this router. Once enabled a PPTP server is available on the router for LAN and WAN PPTP client users to access. Once the PPTP server is enabled, PPTP clients that are within the range of configured IP addresses of allowed clients can reach the routers PPTP server. Once authenticated by the PPTP server (the tunnel endpoint), PPTP clients have access to the network managed by the router. The range of IP addresses allocated to PPTP clients can coincide with the LAN subnet. As well the PPTP server will default to local PPTP user authentication, but can be configured to employ an external authentication server should one be configured. To create a PPTP VPN server:
1. Click VPN > PPTP VPN > Server. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Enable PPTP Server PPTP Routing Mode Starting/Ending IP Address IPv6 Prefix IPv6 Prefix Length Authentication Authentication Supported Idle TimeOut NetBIOS Save Description Select either IPv4 or IPv6. Select either NAT or Classical. Enter the IP address range to assign your PPTP clients. If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix. If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix length. Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu. Toggle which type of authentication you want to enable to ON. Enter the amount of time in seconds that the connection will disconnect when idle. Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel. Click to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 103 Section 7 - VPN Path: VPN > PPTP VPN > Client Client PPTP VPN Client can be configured on this router. Using this client you can access remote network which is local to PPTP server. Once client is enabled, the user can access Status > Active VPNs page and establish PPTP VPN tunnel clicking Connect. To configure the router as a PPTP VPN client:
1. Click VPN > PPTP VPN > Client tab. 2. Toggle Client to ON and complete the fields in the table below. Field Client Server IP Remote Network Remote Netmask Username Password MPPE Encryption Idle Time Out Save Description Toggle to ON to enable PPTP client. Enter the IP address of the PPTP server you want to connect to. Enter the remote network address. This address is local for the PPTP Server. Enter the remote network subnet mask. Enter your PPTP user name. Enter your PPTP password. Toggle to ON to enable Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE). Enter the amount of time (in seconds) that you will disconnect from the PPTP server when idle. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 104 Section 7 - VPN A list of PPTP connections will be displayed on this page. Right-click the connection to connect and disconnect. PPTP Active Users List D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 105 Section 7 - VPN L2TP VPN Server Path: VPN > L2TP VPN > Server A L2TP VPN can be established through this router. Once enabled a L2TP server is available on the router for LAN and WAN L2TP client users to access. Once the L2TP server is enabled, PPTP clients that are within the range of configured IP addresses of allowed clients can reach the routers L2TP server. Once authenticated by the L2TP server (the tunnel endpoint), L2TP clients have access to the network managed by the router. The range of IP addresses allocated to L2TP clients can coincide with the LAN subnet. As well the L2TP server will default to local L2TP user authentication, but can be configured to employ an external authentication server should one be configured. To create a L2TP VPN server:
1. Click VPN >L2TP VPN > Server. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Enable L2TP Server L2TP Routing Mode Starting/Ending IP Address IPv6 Prefix IPv6 Prefix Length Authentication Authentication Supported Idle TimeOut NetBIOS Save Description Select either IPv4 or IPv6. Select either NAT or Classical. Enter the IP address range to assign your L2TP clients. If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix. If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix length. Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu. Toggle which type of authentication you want to enable to ON. Enter the amount of time in seconds that the connection will disconnect when idle. Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel. Click to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 106 Section 7 - VPN Client L2TP VPN Client can be configured on this router. Using this client we can access remote network which is local to L2TP server. Once client is enabled, the user can access Status > Active VPNs page and establish L2TP VPN tunnel clicking Connect. To configure the router as a L2TP VPN client:
1. Click VPN > L2TP VPN > Client tab. 2. Toggle Client to ON and complete the fields in the table below. Field Client Server IP Remote Network Remote Netmask Username Password Reconnect Mode MPPE Encryption Save Description Toggle to ON to enable L2TP client. Enter the IP address of the L2TP server you want to connect to. Enter the remote network address. This address is local for the L2TP Server. Enter the remote network subnet mask. Enter your L2TP user name. Enter your L2TP password. Select Always On or On Demand. Toggle to ON to enable Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE). Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 107 Section 7 - VPN L2TP Active Users List A list of L2TP connections will be displayed on this page. Right-click the connection to connect and disconnect. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 108 Section 7 - VPN SSL VPN Server Policies SSL VPN Policies can be created on a Global, Group, or User level. User level policies take precedence over Group level policies and Group level policies take precedence over Global policies. These policies can be applied to a specific network resource, IP address, or IP ranges on the LAN, or to different SSL VPN services supported by the router. The List of Available Policies can be filtered based on whether it applies to a user, group, or all users (global). To add a SSL VPN policy, you must first assign it to a user, group, or make it global (i.e., applicable to all SSL VPN users). If the policy is for a group, the available configured groups are shown in a drop-down menu and one must be selected. Similarly, for a user-defined policy, a SSL VPN user must be chosen from the available list of configured users. The next step is to define the policy details. The policy name is a unique identifier for this rule. The policy can be assigned to a specific Network Resource (details follow in the subsequent section), IP address, IP network, or all devices on the LAN of the router. Based on the selection of one of these four options, the appropriate configuration fields are required (i.e., choosing the network resources from a list of defined resources, or defining the IP addresses). For applying the policy to addresses the port range/port number can be defined. The final steps require the policy permission to be set to either permit or deny access to the selected addresses or network resources. As well the policy can be specified for one or all of the supported SSL VPN services (i.e. VPN tunnel). Once defined, the policy goes into effect immediately. The policy name, SSL service it applies to, destination
(network resource or IP addresses), and permission (deny/permit) is outlined in a list of configured policies for the router. Note: You must enable Remote Management. Refer to Remote Management on page 173. To create a new SSL VPN policy:
1. Make sure you have enabled remote management and have created user(s) and group(s) to assign to this policy. 2. Click VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Server Policy. 3. Click Add New SSL VPN Server Policy. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 109 Section 7 - VPN 4. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Network Resource IP Address Field Policy Type Available Groups/Users Apply Policy To Policy Name IP Address Mask Length ICMP Begin/End Defined Resources Service Permission Save Description Select Global, Group, or User. If you selected Group, select a group from the drop-down menu. If you selected User, select a user from the drop-down menu. Select Network Resource, IP Address, IP Network, or All Addresses. Enter a unique name for this policy. If you selected IP Address or IP Network, enter the IP address. If you selected IP Network, enter the mask length (0-32). Toggle to ON to include ICMP traffic. Enter a port range or leave blank to include all TCP and UDP ports. These fields are not available when selecting Network Resource. If you selected Network Resource, select the resource for the Defined Resource drop-
down menu. If you have not created a resource, refer to Resources on page 113 to create a defined resource. Select either VPN Tunnel, Port Forwarding, or All. This field is not available when selecting Network Resource. Select either Permit or Deny. Click to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 110 Section 7 - VPN Path: VPN > SSL VPN > Portal Layouts Portal Layouts You may create a custom page for remote VPN users that is viewed during authentication. You may include login instructions, services, and other details. Note that the default portal LAN IP address is https://192.168.10.1/
scgi-bin/userPortal/portal. This is the same page that opens when the User Portal link is clicked on the SSL VPN menu of the router web UI. To create a new portal layout:
1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Portal Layouts. 2. Click Add New SSL VPN Portal Layout. Note: You may right-click a layout from the list and edit or delete a layout. 3. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 111 Section 7 - VPN Field Portal Layout Name Login Profile View Portal Site Title Banner Title Banner Message Display Banner Message on Login Page Description Enter a name for this portal. This name will be used as part of the path for the SSL portal URL. Only alphanumeric characters are allowed for this field. Select a login profile from the drop-down menu. Enter the portal web browser window title that appears when the client accesses this portal. This field is optional. The banner title that is displayed to SSL VPN clients prior to login. This field is optional. Enter a message you want to display. Toggle to ON to display the banner title and message or OFF to hide the banner title and message. Authentication Type Active X Web Cache Cleaner HTTP Meta Tags for Cache Control Toggle to ON or OFF. This security feature prevents expired web pages and data from being stored in the clients web browser cache. It is recommended to toggle to ON. Toggle to ON or Off. An ActiveX cache control web cleaner can be pushed from the gateway to the client browser whenever users login to this SSL VPN portal. Select the type of authentication from the drop-down menu. Select what group to include from the drop-down menu. Toggle to ON to allow remote users to view this page. Toggle to ON to allow remote users to view this page. Click to save your settings. VPN Tunnel Page Port Forwarding Group Save D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 112 Section 7 - VPN Path: VPN > SSL VPN > Resources Resources Network resources are services or groups of LAN IP addresses that are used to easily create and configure SSL VPN policies. This shortcut saves time when creating similar policies for multiple remote SSL VPN users. Adding a Network Resource involves creating a unique name to identify the resource and assigning it to one or all of the supported SSL services. Once this is done, editing one of the created network resources allows you to configure the object type (either IP address or IP range) associated with the service. The Network Address, Mask Length, and Port Range/Port Number can all be defined for this resource as required. Add New Resource To add a new resource:
1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Resources. 2. Click Add New Resource. 3. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 113 Section 7 - VPN Field Resource Name Service ICMP Object Type Object Address Mask Length Begin/End Save Description Enter a unique name for this resource. Select VPN Tunnel, Port Forwarding, or All. Toggle to ON to include ICMP traffic. Select Single IP Address or IP Network. Enter the IP address. If you selected IP Network, enter the mask length (0-32). Enter a port range for the object. Click to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 114 Section 7 - VPN Port Forwarding Port forwarding allows remote SSL users to access specified network applications or services after they login to the User Portal and launch the Port Forwarding service. Traffic from the remote user to the router is detected and re-routed based on configured port forwarding rules. Internal host servers or TCP applications must be specified as being made accessible to remote users. Allowing access to a LAN server requires entering the local server IP address and TCP port number of the application to be tunnelled. To add a port forwarding rule:
1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Resources. 2. Click Add New Rule under either Port Forwarding List for Configured Applications (TCP Port) or under Port Forwarding List for Configured Host Names (FQDN). 3. Enter the IP address of the local server. 4. Next enter either the TCP port number or the domain name (FQDN). 5. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 115 Section 7 - VPN Path: VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client Client An SSL VPN tunnel client provides a point-to-point connection between the browser-side machine and this router. When a SSL VPN client is launched from the user portal, a "network adapter" with an IP address from the corporate subnet, DNS and WINS settings is automatically created. This allows local applications to access services on the private network without any special network configuration on the remote SSL VPN client machine. It is important to ensure that the virtual (PPP) interface address of the VPN tunnel client does not conflict with physical devices on the LAN. The IP address range for the SSL VPN virtual network adapter should be either in a different subnet or non-overlapping range as the corporate LAN. The router allows full tunnel and split tunnel support. Full tunnel mode just sends all traffic from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split tunnel mode only sends traffic to the private LAN based on pre-
specified client routes. These client routes give the SSL client access to specific private networks, thereby allowing access control over specific LAN services. To configure client mode:
1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client. 2. Toggle Full Tunnel Support to ON to support full tunnel or OFF to enable split tunnel. 3. Enter a DNS suffix to assign to this client (optional). 3. Enter a primary and secondary DNS server addresses (optional). 4. Enter the range of IP addresses clients will be assigned (DHCP). 5. Next to LCP Timeout, set the value for LCP echo interval (in seconds). 6. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 116 Section 7 - VPN Path: VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client Client Routes If the SSL VPN client is assigned an IP address in a different subnet than the corporate network, a client route must be added to allow access to the private LAN through the VPN tunnel. As well a static route on the private LANs firewall (typically this router) is needed to forward private traffic through the VPN Firewall to the remote SSL VPN client. When split tunnel mode is enabled, the user is required to configure routes for VPN tunnel clients:
Destination network: The network address of the LAN or the subnet information of the destination network from the VPN tunnel clients perspective is set here. Subnet mask: The subnet information of the destination network is set here. To configure a client route:
1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Client Routes. 2. Click Add New Client Route. 3. Enter the destination network and subnet mask. 4. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 117 Section 7 - VPN VPN > OpenVPN > Settings Open VPN Settings OpenVPN allows peers to authenticate each other using a pre-shared secret key, certificates, or username/
password. When used in a multiclient-server configuration, it allows the server to release an authentication certificate for every client, using signature and Certificate authority. An OpenVPN can be established through this router. You can select server mode, client mode, or access server client mode. In access server client mode, the user has to download the auto login profile from the OpenVPN Access Server and upload the same to connect. Server To configure the router as an OpenVPN Server:
1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings. 2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the fields in the table below. Field Mode VPN Network VPN Netmask Port Tunnel Protocol Description Select Server. Enter the IP network for the VPN. Enter the netmask. Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194. Select either TCP or UDP. Encryption Algorithm Select the encryption algorithm from the drop-down menu. Hash Algorithm Tunnel Type Save Select the hash algorithm from the drop-down menu. Select either Full Tunnel or Split Tunnel. Full Tunnel mode just sends all traffic from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split Tunnel mode only sends traffic to the private LAN based on pre-specified client routes. If you select Split Tunnel, refer to Local Networks on page 121 to create local networks. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 118 Section 7 - VPN Client To configure the router as an OpenVPN client:
1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings. 2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the fields in the table below. Field Mode Server IP Port Tunnel Protocol Description Select Client. Enter the IP address of the OpenVPN server. Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194. Select either TCP or UDP. Encryption Algorithm Select the encryption algorithm from the drop-down menu. Hash Algorithm Save Select the hash algorithm from the drop-down menu. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 119 Section 7 - VPN Access Server Client To configure the router as an OpenVPN access server client:
1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings. 2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the fields in the table below. Field Mode Port Upload Status File Save Description Select Access Server Client. Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194. Displays if a configuration file has been uploaded. Click Browse and locate the configuration file. Click Open and then click Upload. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 120 Section 7 - VPN Local Networks If you selected Split Tunnel (from OpenVPN Server), you can create a local network by following the steps below:
1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Local Networks. 2. Click Add New OpenVPN Local Network. 3. Enter a local IP network. 4. Enter the subnet mask. 5. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 121 Section 7 - VPN Remote Networks To create remote networks:
1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Remote Networks. 2. Click Add New OpenVPN Remote Network. 3. Enter a name of the remote network. 4. Enter a local IP network. 5. Enter the subnet mask. 6. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 122 Section 7 - VPN Authentication This page will allow you to upload certificates and keys. Click Browse and select the file you want to upload. Click Open and then click Upload. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 123 Section 7 - VPN VPN > VPN Settings > GRE GRE GRE tunnels allow for broadcast traffic on the LAN of the router to be passed over the internet and received by remote LAN hosts. This is primarily useful in the D-Link Discovery Protocol (DDP) application where broadcast traffic from one LAN host is to be received by all LAN hosts in the local subnets of the GRE endpoints. Note the following limits for the number of supported GRE tunnels per product:
DSR-150/150N: 5 DSR-250/250N: 10 DSR-500/500N/500AC: 15 DSR-1000/1000N/1000AC: 20 There are two simple steps involved in establishing a GRE tunnel on the router:
1. Create a GRE tunnel from the GUI 2. Setup a static route for the remote local networks using the GRE tunnel When creating the GRE tunnel, the IP Address should be a unique address that identifies that GRE tunnel endpoint. It will be referenced in the other routers static route as the Gateway IP address. The Remote End Address in the GRE tunnel configuration page is the WAN IP address of the other endpoint router. Once the tunnel is established, a static route on the router can be made using the interface set to the configured GRE tunnel name. The destination IP address of the static route is the remote LAN subnet, and the routes gateway IP address will be the GRE tunnel IP of the terminating router (the same router that manages the remote LAN subnet). Once these two steps are completed, all DDP broadcast traffic can flow between remote LAN subnets via the GRE Tunnel. To create a GRE tunnel:
1. Click VPN > GRE > GRE Tunnels. 2. Click Add New GRE Tunnel. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 124 Section 7 - VPN 3. Complete the fields in the table below and then click Save. Field GRE Tunnel Name IP Address Subnet Mask Interface Remote End Address Enable DDP Broadcast IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Save Description Enter a name for the tunnel. Enter the IP address of this endpoint. It will be referenced in the other routers static route as the Gateway IP address. Enter the subnet mask. Select the interface to create this tunnel with from the drop-down menu. Enter the WAN IP address of the endpoint router. Toggle to ON to enable DDP broadcasting. Enter the destination IP address of the static route from the remote LAN subnet. Enter the subnet mask. Enter the IP address of the termination router. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 125 Section 8 - Security Security Groups Path: Security > Authentication > User Database > Groups The group page allows creating, editing, and deleting groups. The groups are associated to set of user types. To edit/delete an existing group, or add a new group:
1. Click Security > Authentication > User Database > Groups tab. 2. Right-click a group entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New Group. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Admin User Type Network User Type Field Group Name Description User Type Idle Timeout Save Description Enter a name for the group. Enter a description for the group. Select the user type:
Admin - Grants all users in this group super-user privileges. By default, there is one admin user. Network - Grants the next level of privileges. Front Desk - Grants permissions to create temporary users who can Internet/network access (Hotspot). Guest - Guest users will only have read access. Network and Admin users can toggle ON PPTP, L2TP, Xauth (Network only), SSLVPN, and Captive Portal. Enter the number of minutes of inactivity that must occur before the users in this user group are logged out of their web management session automatically. Entering an Idle Timeout value of 0 (zero) means never log out. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 126 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups Login Policies Using the following procedure, you can grant or deny a user group login access to the web management interface. 1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab. 2. Click Add Login Policies. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Group Name Disable Login Deny Login from Option Interface Save Description Select the group you want to configure. Toggle ON to deny login access to the web management interface for all users in this user group. Toggle OFF will allow users to log in. Toggle ON to deny login access to the web management interface from the WAN2/DMZ Port for all users in this user group. Toggle OFF will allow users. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 127 Section 8 - Security Browser Policies Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups Use this feature to allow or deny users in a selected group from using a particular web browser to log in to the routers web management interface. 1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab. 2. Click Add Browser Policies. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Group Name Client Browser Save Select the group you want to configure from the drop-down menu. Select a web browser from the drop-down menu. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Description 4. Your policy will now be in the browser policies list. By default the status will be set to deny. If you want to set the status to allow, right-click the policy and select Allow. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 128 Section 8 - Security IP Policies Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups Use this feature to allow or deny users in a user group to log in to the routers web management interface from a particular network or IP address. 1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab. 2. Click Add IP Policies. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Group Name Source Address Type Network Address/IP Address Select the group you want to configure from the drop-down menu. Select either Network to specify a IP network or IP Address to specify a specific IP address. Description Enter the network address or IP address. Mask Length Save If you selected Network, enter the mask length. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 129 Section 8 - Security Users User Management Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Users After you add user groups, you can add users to the user groups. Users can be added individually, or they can be imported from a comma-separated-value (CSV) formatted file. After you add users, you can edit them when changes are required or delete users when you no longer need them. To edit/delete existing users, or add a new user:
1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Users tab. 2. Right-click a group entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New User. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field User Name First Name Last Name Select Group Password Confirm Password Save Description Enter the user name for this user. This name is a unique identifier Enter the users first name. Enter the users last name. Select the group you want to assign this user to from the drop-down menu. Enter a case-sensitive login password that the user must specify at the login prompt to access the web management interface. For security, each typed password character is masked with a dot (). Enter the password to confirm. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 130 Section 8 - Security Import User Database Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Get User DB The DSR administrator can add users to the local built-in database directly via an appropriately-formatted comma separated value (CSV) file. The advantage of this feature is to allow for a large number of users to be added to the system with one operation, and the same file can be uploaded to multiple DSR devices as needed. Once uploaded the specific users in the local user database can be modified via the GUI as needed. To import a user database:
1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Get User DB tab. 2. Click Browse and locate the file you want to upload. Select it and click Open. 3. Click Upload. 4. Once completed, go to Security > Authentication > User Database > Users and your imported users will be displayed in the Users List. 5. From the list you can right-click the user to edit or delete. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 131 Section 8 - Security Create a User Database (CSV File) The following parameters must be used to define the User database CSV file. 1. Create an empty text file with a .csv extension. 2. Each line in the file corresponds to a single user entry. Every line should end with carriage return equivalent of CRLF. Do not add comments or other text in this file. 3. Formatting rules:
a) All the fields must be enclosed within double quotes. b) Consecutive fields are separated by commas. c) There should be no leading or trailing spaces in a line. d) There should be no spaces between fields. Each line in the CSV user database file should follow the following format:
"UserName","FirstName","LastName","GroupName","MultiLogin","Password"
The above sample has fields that can assume the following values:
Username (text field): Name of the user and identifier in the DSRs database, and so it must be unique in the local user database. FirstName (text field): This is a user detail and need not be unique. LastName (text field): This is a user detail and need not be unique. GroupName (text field): The group that is associated with this user. MultiLogSup (Boolean value): With this enabled (1), then multiple users can share a single username and password. Password (text field): password to assign for this username The Group for a corresponding user (GroupName in the CSV) must be created via the GUI in advance of the User Database CSV upload action. None of the above fields can be left empty or NULL in the User Database CSV. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 132 Section 8 - Security External Authentication Servers RADIUS Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > RADIUS Server A RADIUS server can be configured and accessible by the router to authenticate client connections. To configure the router to connect to your RADIUS server:
1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > RADIUS Server tab. 2. Complete the RADIUS server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers. Field Authentication Server IP Address Authentication Port Secret Timeout Retries Save Server Check Enter the IP address of your RADIUS server. Description Enter the RADIUS authentication server port. Enter the secret key that allows the device to log into the configured RADIUS server. It must match the secret on RADIUS server. Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the RADIUS server. This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the RADIUS server before giving up. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Click to test the connection(s) to your RADIUS Server(s). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 133 Section 8 - Security POP3 Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Server POP3 is an application layer protocol most commonly used for e-mail over a TCP/IP connection. The authentication server can be used with SSL encryption over port 995 to send encrypted traffic to the POP3 server. The POP3 servers certificate is verified by a user-uploaded CA certificate. If SSL encryption is not used, port 110 will be used for the POP3 authentication traffic. To configure the router to connect to your POP3 server:
1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Server tab. 2. Complete the POP3 server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers. Field Authentication Server IP Address Authentication Port SSL Enable CA File Timeout Retries Save Server Check Enter the IP address of your POP3 server. Description Enter the POP3 authentication server port. Toggle to ON to enable SSL support for POP3. If this option is enabled, it is mandatory to select a certificate authority for it. Certificate Authority to verify POP3 servers certificate. Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the POP3 server. This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the POP3 server before giving up. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Click to test the connection(s) to your POP3 Server(s). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 134 Section 8 - Security POP3 Trusted Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Trusted CA A CA file is used as part of the POP3 negotiation to verify the configured authentication server identity. Each of the three configured servers can have a unique CA used for authentication. To configure:
1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Trusted CA tab. 2. Click Add CA File. 3. Click Browse and select a CA file. Click Open and then click Upload. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 135 Section 8 - Security LDAP Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > LDAP Server The LDAP authentication method uses LDAP to exchange authentication credentials between the router and an external server. The LDAP server maintains a large database of users in a directory structure, so users with the same user name but belonging to different groups can be authenticated since the user information is stored in a hierarchal manner. Also of note is that configuring a LDAP server on Windows or Linux servers is considerably less complex than setting up NT Domain or Active Directory servers for user authentication. The details configured on the controller will be passed for authenticating the router and its hosts. The LDAP attributes, domain name (DN), and in some cases the administrator account & password are key fields in allowing the LDAP server to authenticate the controller. To configure the router to connect to your LDAP server:
1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > LDAP Server tab. 2. Complete the LDAP server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers. Field Description Authentication Server (1-3) Enter the IP address of your primary LDAP server. LDAP Attribute (1-4) LDAP Base DN Timeout Retries Save Administrator Account Server Check These are attributes related to LDAP users configured in LDAP server. These may include attributes like SAM account name, associated domain name etc. These can be used to distinguish between different users having same user name. Enter the base domain name. Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the LDAP server. This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the LDAP server before giving up. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Enter the admin account information that will be used when LDAP authentication is required for PPTP/
L2TP connection. Click to test the connection(s) to your LDAP Server(s). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 136 Section 8 - Security AD Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > AD Server Active Directory authentication is an enhanced version of NT Domain authentication. The Kerberos protocol is leveraged for authentication of users, who are grouped in Organizational Units (OUs). In particular the Active Directory server can support more than a million users given is structure while the NT Domain server is limited to thousands. The configured Authentication Servers and Active Directory domain(s) are used to validate the user with the directory of users on the external Windows based server. This authentication option is common for SSL VPN client users and is also useful for IPsec / PPTP / L2TP client authentication. To configure the router to connect to your AD server:
1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > AD Server tab. 2. Complete the AD server information from the table on the next page and click Save. You can configure up to three servers. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 137 Section 8 - Security Field Description Authentication Server (1-3) Enter the IP address of your AD server(s). Active Directory Domain Enter the active directory domain name(s).
(1-3) Timeout Retries Administrator Account Save Server Check Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the AD server. This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the AD server before giving up. Enter the admin account information that will be used when authentication is required for PPTP/L2TP connection. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Click to test the connection(s) to your AD Server(s). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 138 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > NT Domain NT Domain Server The NT Domain server allows users and hosts to authenticate themselves via a pre-configured Workgroup field. Typically Windows or Samba servers are used to manage the domain of authentication for the centralized directory of authorized users. To configure the router to connect to your NT domain server:
1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > NT Domain tab. 2. Complete the NT server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers. Field Description Authentication Server (1-3) Enter the IP address of your NT server(s). Workgroup (1-3) Timeout Retries Administrator Account Save Server Check Enter the NT workgroup name(s). Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the AD server. This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the AD server before giving up. Enter the admin account information that will be used when authentication is required for PPTP/L2TP connection. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Click to test the connection(s) to your AD Server(s). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 139 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Authentication > Login Profiles Login Profiles When a wireless client connects to the SSIDs or VLANs, the user sees a login page. The Login Profile and SLA page allows you to customize the appearance of that page with specific text and images. The wireless router supports multiple login and SLA pages. Associate login page or SLAs on SSIDs or VLANs separately. To add, delete, or edit login profiles:
1. Click Security > Authentication > Login Profiles tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New Login Profile. 3. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 140 Section 8 - Security Field Profile Name Browser Title Background General Details Description Enter a name for this captive portal profile. The name should allow you to differentiate this captive profile from others you may set up. Enter the text that will appear in the title of the browser during the captive portal session. Select whether the login page displayed during the captive portal session will show an image or color. Choices are:
Image: Displays an image as the background on the page. Use the Page Background Image field to select a background image. Color: Sets the background color on the page. Select the color from the drop-down menu Page Background Image If you set Background to Image, upload the image file by clicking Add > Browse. Select an image, click Open and then click the Upload button. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb. Page Background Upload Choose the file you want to upload. Page Background Color Custom Color Minimal Page for Mobile Devices Background If you set Background to Color, select the background color of the page that will appear during the captive portal session from the drop-down menu. If you choose Custom on Page Background Color, enter the HTML color code. Toggle to ON to allow the web page to be properly viewed from a mobile device. Header Details Select whether the login page displayed during the captive portal session will show an image or color. Choices are:
Image: Show image on the page. Use the Header Background Color field to select a background color. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb. Color: Show background color on the page. Use the radio buttons to select an image. Header Background Image If you set Background to Image, upload the image file by clicking Add > Browse. Select an image, click Open and then click the Upload button. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb. Header Background Upload Choose the file you want to upload. Header Background Color If you set Background to Color, select the header color from the drop-down menu. Custom Color If you choose Custom on Page Background Color, you can choose particular color by filling in the HTML color code. Header Caption Caption Font Font Size Font Color Enter the text that appears in the header of the login page during the captive portal session. Select the font for the header text. Select the font size for the header text. Select the font color for the header text. Login Details Login Section Title Enter the text that appears in the title of the login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session. This field is optional. Welcome Message Enter the welcome message that appears when users log in to the captive session successfully. This field is optional. Error Message Enter the error message that appears when users fail to log in to the captive session successfully. This field is optional. Footer Details Change Footer Content Footer Content Footer Font Color Enables or disables changes to the footer content on the login page. If Change Footer Content is checked, enter the text that appears in the footer. If Change Footer Content is checked, select the color of the text that appears in the footer. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 141 Section 8 - Security External Payment Gateway Enable External Payment Gateway Session Title 1 Message Session Title 2 Success Message Session Title 3 Failure Message Enable Billing Profile Service Disclaimer Text Payment Server Enables or disables external payment gateway and online wireless service purchasing from on the login page. Enter the text that appears in the title of the online purchasing login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session. Enter the text appears in the online purchasing login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session. Enter the text that appears in the title of the message box while online purchasing is complete. Enter the text that appears in the message box while online purchasing is complete. Enter the text that appears in the title of the message box while online purchasing is fail. Enter the text that appears in the message box while online purchasing is fail. Select the billing profile which will be shown on the login page. The table only listed the billing profiles which are set Unit Price. Enable the billing profile by switch ON on STATUS. Enter the service disclaimer text which is shown before user select and purchase wireless service. Select the payment received account and its payment agent. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 142 Section 8 - Security Web Content Filtering Static Filtering Path: Security > Authentication > Static Filtering You may block access to certain Internet services. To block or allow a service:
1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering tab. 2. Toggle Content Filtering to ON. 3. Toggle the service to ON to block. Toggle to OFF to allow. 4. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 143 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Approved URL Approved URLs The approved URL list is an acceptance list for all URL domain names. Domains added to this list are allowed in any form. For example, if the domain dlink is added to this list then all of the following URLs are permitted access from the LAN: www.dlink.com, support.dlink.com, etc. Importing/exporting from a text or CSV file is also supported. To add/import/export URLs to the approved list:
1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Approved URL tab. 2. To import a list from a text/CSV file, click Upload URLs List from File. If you want to export the current list, click Export URLs List to File. To add a new URL, click Add New Approved URL. 3. Enter a URL and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 144 Section 8 - Security Blocked Keywords Path: Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Blocked Keywords Keyword blocking allows you to block all website URLs or site content that contains the keywords in the configured list. This is lower priority than the Approved URL List; i.e. if a blocked keyword is present in a site allowed by a trusted domain in the Approved URL List, then access to that site will be allowed. Import/export from a text or CSV file is also supported. To add/import/export URLs to the approved list:
1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Blocked Keywords tab. 2. To import a list from a text/CSV file, click Upload Keywords List from File. If you want to export the current list, click Export Keywords List to File. To add a new URL, click Add New Keyword. 3. Enter a keyword and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 145 Section 8 - Security Dynamic Filtering Path: Security > Web Content Filter > Dynamic Filtering Dynamic Filtering will allow you to filter content from a list of categories. The router must be upgraded with the WCF license and then the Content Filtering option, which allows the user to filter out internet sites, needs to be enabled. When enabled, access to a website belonging to one of these configured categories will be blocked with an error page. To add/import/export URLs to the approved list:
1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Dynamic Filtering. 2. Toggle Global Filtering to ON to enable dynamic filtering. 3. Toggle any of the listed categories to ON to block. Toggle to OFF to allow. 4. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 146 Section 8 - Security Firewall Firewall Rules Path: Security > Firewall > Firewall Rules > IPv4 Firewall Rules or IPv6 Firewall Rules Inbound (WAN to LAN/DMZ) rules restrict access to traffic entering your network, selectively allowing only specific outside users to access specific local resources. By default all access from the insecure WAN side are blocked from accessing the secure LAN, except in response to requests from the LAN or DMZ. To allow outside devices to access services on the secure LAN, you must create an inbound firewall rule for each service. If you want to allow incoming traffic, you must make the routers WAN port IP address known to the public. This is called exposing your host. How you make your address known depends on how the WAN ports are configured;
for this router you may use the IP address if a static address is assigned to the WAN port, or if your WAN address is dynamic a DDNS (Dynamic DNS) name can be used. Outbound (LAN/DMZ to WAN) rules restrict access to traffic leaving your network, selectively allowing only specific local users to access specific outside resources. The default outbound rule is to allow access from the secure zone (LAN) to either the public DMZ or insecure WAN. On other hand the default outbound rule is to deny access from DMZ to insecure WAN. You can change this default behavior in the Firewall Settings >
Default Outbound Policy page. When the default outbound policy is allow always, you can to block hosts on the LAN from accessing internet services by creating an outbound firewall rule for each service. To create a new firewall rule:
1. Click Security > Firewall > IPv4 Firewall Rules tab or IPv6 Firewall Rules tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New IPv4/IPv6 Firewall Rule. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 147 Section 8 - Security 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field From Zone To Zone Service Action Source Hosts Destination Hosts Log QoS Priority (IPv4 only) Description Select the source of originating traffic: either secure LAN, public DMZ, or insecure WAN. For an inbound rule WAN should be selected. Select the destination of traffic covered by this rule. If the From Zone is the WAN, the To Zone can be the public DMZ or secure LAN. Similarly if the From Zone is the LAN, then the To Zone can be the public DMZ or insecure WAN. Select a service from the drop-down menu. ANY means all traffic is affected by this rule. Select an action from the drop-down menu. Select a source host. If you select Single Address or Address Range, you will need to enter the IP address or IP range. Select a Destination host. If you select Single Address or Address Range, you will need to enter the IP address or IP range. Select whether to log firewall traffic or not. Outbound rules (where To Zone = insecure WAN only) can have the traffic marked with a QoS priority tag. Select a priority level:
Normal-Service: ToS=0 (lowest QoS) Minimize-Cost: ToS=1 Maximize-Reliability: ToS=2 Maximize-Throughput: ToS=4 Minimize-Delay: ToS=16 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 148 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Firewall > Schedules Schedules Firewall rules can be enabled or disabled automatically if they are associated with a configured schedule. The schedule configuration page allows you to define days of the week and the time of day for a new schedule, and then this schedule can be selected in the firewall rule configuration page. Note: All schedules will follow the time in the routers configured time zone. Refer to the section on choosing your Time Zone and configuring NTP servers for more information. To add, delete, or edit a schedule:
1. Click Security > Firewall > Schedules. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Schedule. Specific Days enabled Specific Times enabled Field Name Scheduled Days Monday - Sunday Scheduled Time of Day Start Time/End Time Save Description Enter a name for your schedule. Select All Days or Specific Days. If you selected Specific Days, toggle each day you want to ON. Select All Day or Specific Times. If you selected Specific Times, use the mouse on the blue boxes representing the hour, minutes, and am/
pm to select the start time and end time. Click, hold, and move up to decrease the value or move down to increase the value. Click to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 149 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Firewall > Custom Services Custom Services Custom services can be defined to add to the list of services available during firewall rule configuration. While common services have known TCP/UDP/ICMP ports for traffic, many custom or uncommon applications exist in the LAN or WAN. In the custom service configuration menu you can define a range of ports and identify the traffic type (TCP/UDP/ICMP) for this service. Once defined, the new service will appear in the services list of the firewall rules configuration menu. To add, delete, or edit a custom service:
1. Click Security > Firewall > Custom Services. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Custom Service. Field Name Type Port Type Start Port Finish Port Ports ICMP Type Save Description Enter a name for your custom service. Enter the layer 3 protocol that the service uses (TCP, UDP, BOTH, or ICMP). Select Port Range or Multiple Ports. If you selected Port Range, enter the first (TCP, UDP or BOTH) port of a range that the service uses. If you selected Port Range, enter the last port of a range that the service uses. If you selected Multiple Ports, enter the port or ports separated by a comma. The ICMP type is a numeric value that can range between 0 and 40. Click to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 150 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs ALGs Application Level Gateways (ALGs) are security components that enhance the firewall and NAT support of this router to seamlessly support application layer protocols. In some cases enabling the ALG will allow the firewall to use dynamic ephemeral TCP/ UDP ports to communicate with the known ports a particular client application
(such as H.323 or RTSP) requires, without which the admin would have to open large number of ports to accomplish the same support. Because the ALG understands the protocol used by the specific application that it supports, it is a very secure and efficient way of introducing support for client applications through the routers firewall. 1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs tab. 2. Toggle the protocol(s) to ON that you want to allow through the router. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 151 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > SMTP ALGs SMTP ALGs Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is a text based protocol used for transferring email between mail servers over the Internet. Typically the local SMTP server will be located on a DMZ so that mail sent by remote SMTP servers will traverse the router to reach the local server. Local users will then use email client software to retrieve their email from the local SMTP server. SMTP is also used when clients are sending email and SMTP ALG can be used to monitor SMTP traffic originating from both clients and servers. 1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > SMTP ALGs tab. 2. Toggle Status to ON. 3. Enter the port at which the SMTP packets are inspected. 4. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 152 Section 8 - Security Approved Mail IDs Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Approved Mail IDs 1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Approved Mail IDs tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Approved Mail ID. 3. Enter a mail ID and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 153 Section 8 - Security Blocked Mail IDs Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Blocked Mail IDs 1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Blocked Mail IDs tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Blocked Mail ID. 3. Enter a mail ID and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 154 Section 8 - Security Mail Filtering Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Mail Filtering 1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Mail Filtering tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Mail Filter. 3. Enter a subject and a mail ID. 4. Select to allow or block. 5. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 155 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Firewall > VPN Passthrough VPN Passthrough This routers firewall settings can be configured to allow encrypted VPN traffic for IPsec, PPTP, and L2TP VPN tunnel connections between the LAN and internet. A specific firewall rule or service is not appropriate to introduce this passthrough support; instead the options in the VPN Passthrough page must be toggled to ON. 1. Click Security > Firewall > VPN Passthrough. 2. Toggle the VPN protocol you want to allow to ON and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 156 Section 8 - Security Dynamic Port Forwarding Application Rules Path: Security > Firewall > Dynamic Port Forwarding > Application Rules Application rules are also referred to as port triggering. This feature allows devices on the LAN or DMZ to request one or more ports to be forwarded to them. Port triggering waits for an outbound request from the LAN/DMZ on one of the defined outgoing ports, and then opens an incoming port for that specified type of traffic. This can be thought of as a form of dynamic port forwarding while an application is transmitting data over the opened outgoing or incoming port(s). Port triggering application rules are more flexible than static port forwarding that is an available option when configuring firewall rules. This is because a port triggering rule does not have to reference a specific LAN IP or IP range. As well ports are not left open when not in use, thereby providing a level of security that port forwarding does not offer. Note: Port triggering is not appropriate for servers on the LAN, since there i s a dependency on the LAN device making an outgoing connection before incoming ports are opened. Some applications require that when external devices connect to them, they receive data on a specific port or range of ports in order to function properly. Th e router must send all incoming data for that application only on the required port or range of ports. The router has a list of common applications and games with corresponding outbound and inbound ports to open. You can also specify a port triggering rule by defining the type of traffic
(TCP or UDP) and the range of incoming and outgoing ports to open when enabled. 1. Click Security > Firewall > Dynamic Port Forwarding > Application Rules tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Application Rule. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 157 Section 8 - Security 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Description Field Name Enable Protocol Interface Outgoing (Trigger) Port Range Incoming Port Range Save Enter a name for your rule. Toggle to ON to activate the rule. Select TCP or UDP. Select either LAN or DMZ. Enter the start and end trigger port range. Enter the port range to open. Click to save your settings. 4. Click on the Application Rules Status tab to see a list of rules and their status. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 158 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Firewall > Attack Checks Attack Checks Attacks can be malicious security breaches or unintentional network issues that render the router unusable Attack checks allow you to manage WAN security threats such as continual ping requests and discovery via ARP scans. TCP and UDP flood attack checks can be enabled to manage extreme usage of WAN resources. Additionally certain Denial-of-Service (DoS) attacks can be blocked. These attacks, if uninhibited, can use up processing power and bandwidth and prevent regular network services from running normally. ICMP packet flooding, SYN traffic flooding, and Echo storm thresholds can be configured to temporarily suspect traffic from the offending source. 1. Click Security > Firewall > Attack Checks. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Stealth Mode Block TCP Flood Block UDP Flood Allow Ping from LAN Block ICMP Notification Block Fragmented Packets Block Multicast Packets Block Spoofed IP Packets SYN Flood Detect Rate Echo Storm ICMP Flood Description If this option is toggled to ON, the router will not respond to port scans from the WAN. This makes it less susceptible to discovery and attacks. If this option is toggled to ON, the router will drop all invalid TCP packets and be protected from a SYN flood attack. If this option is toggled to ON, the router will not accept more than 20 simultaneous, active UDP connec-
tions from a single computer on the LAN. You can set the number of simultaneous active UDP connections to be accepted from a single computer on the LAN; the default is 25. Toggle to ON to allow local computers to ping. Toggle to ON to prevent ICMP packets from being identified as such. ICMP packets, if identified, can be captured and used in a Ping (ICMP) flood DoS attack. Toggle to ON to drop any fragmented packets through or to the gateway Toggle to ON to drop multicast packets, which could indicate a spoof attack, through or to the router. Toggle to ON to block any spoofed IP packets. The rate at which the SYN Flood can be detected. The number of ping packets per second at which the router detects an Echo storm attack from the WAN and prevents further ping traffic from that external address. The number of ICMP packets per second at which the router detects an ICMP flood attack from the WAN and prevents further ICMP traffic from that external address. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 159 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Firewall > Intel AMT Intel AMT Intel Active Management Technology (AMT) allows you to remotely access and manage every networked device, even those that lack a working operating system or hard drive, or are turned off as long as the computer is connected to line power and to the network. Intel AMT uses a separate management processor that runs independently on the client machine and can be reached through the wired or wireless network. 1. Click Security > Firewall > Intel AMT. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Ports WAN Host Internal IP Address Reflector Redirect to Port 16992-16995 Redirect to Port 9971 Description When enabled, inbound/outbound firewall rules are added for certain ports to enable Intel AMT service. Select ANY to allow all hosts access or select Specify WAN IPs and enter IP addresses of hosts (separate with a comma) you want to grant access to. Do not use spaces. Enter the LAN IP address. Toggle to ON to enable Reflector. This will send data back to the client on selected ports. Toggle to ON to use the selected port. Enter the listening port on which the server will listen for incoming connections. Toggle to ON to use the selected port. Enter the listening port on which the server will listen for incoming connections. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 160 Section 8 - Security Path: Security > Firewall > IPS IPS The routers Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) prevents malicious attacks from the internet from accessing the private network. Static attack signatures loaded to the router allow common attacks to be detected and prevented. The checks can be enabled between the WAN and DMZ or LAN, and a running counter will allow the administrator to see how many malicious intrusion attempts from the WAN have been detected and prevented. Note: The DSR-150/150N routers do not support Intrusion Prevention System. 1. Click Security > Firewall > IPS. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Enable Intrusion Detection Enable Intrusion Prevention LAN and WAN DMZ and WAN Description Toggle to ON to enable intrusion detection. Toggle to ON to enable intrusion prevention. Toggle to ON to detect intrusions between the LAN and WAN interfaces. Toggle to ON to detect intrusions between the DMZ and WAN interfaces. Number of Signatures Loaded Displays the number of signatures loaded. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 161 Section 9 - Maintenance Maintenance System Settings Path: Maintenance > Administration > System Setting You may change the name of the router here. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > System Setting. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Current System Name New Name for System Save Displays the current name for the router. Enter a new name for the router. Click to save and activate your settings. Description D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 162 Section 9 - Maintenance Date and Time Path: Maintenance > Administration > Date and Time You can configure your time zone, whether or not to adjust for Daylight Savings Time, and with which Network Time Protocol (NTP) server to synchronize the date and time. You can choose to set Date and Time manually, which will store the information on the routers real time clock (RTC). If the router has access to the internet, the most accurate mechanism to set the router time is to enable NTP server communication. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Date and Time. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Current Device Time Time Zone Daylight Saving NTP Servers NTP Server Type Primary NTP Server Secondary NTP Server Time to re-synchronize Save Description Displays the current date and time on the router. Select your time zone from the drop-down menu. Toggle to ON to enable daylight saving time. Toggle to ON to use NTP servers on the Internet. Select either Default or Custom to enter specific NTP Server addresses. If you selected Custom, enter the primary NTP server address. If you selected Custom, enter the secondary NTP server address. Enter the time in minutes for the router to re-synch with the NTP server(s). Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 163 Section 9 - Maintenance Session Settings Path: Maintenance > Administration > Session Settings Here you can set the timeout value for admin and guest logins. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Session Settings. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Administrator Guest Save Enter the timeout value in minutes for the Administrator account. Enter the timeout value in minutes for the Guest account. Click to save and activate your settings. Description D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 164 Section 8 - Security License Updates Path: Maintenance > Administration > License Update Certain features can be added to the router by purchasing a license key. An activation code is provided based on the routers MAC Address, so it will be unique to that particular device. Each license has the following three parameters:
Field Model Activation Code Expiration Description The license model as it relates to the feature being added. The activation code corresponding to this license. Licenses can either have a fixed duration, or are perpetual for the life of this router. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 165 Section 9 - Maintenance USB Share Ports Path: Maintenance > Administration > USB Share Ports This page allows configure the SharePort feature available on this router. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > USB Share Ports. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field USB Port 1 Printer USB Port 2 Printer Interface Name Enable Printer Save Description Toggle to ON to enable USB port 1. Once enabled you will need to enter your printer information. Toggle to ON to enable USB port 2. Once enabled you will need to enter your printer information. Displays the name of the printer interface. Displays if the printer is enabled or not. Toggle to ON to enable. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 166 Section 9 - Maintenance SMS Service Inbox Path: Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Inbox The D-Link Services Router has a USB interface to connect 3G modem support to send and receive Short Messaging Service (SMS). The received messages can be seen in the Inbox and allows the user to create a new SMS. If WAN3 is used in dedicated WAN mode, load balancing mode, or if the 3G USB device is not connected to router then the controls on this page will not be available. To view any incoming messages:
1. Click Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Inbox tab. 2. The following details are displayed. Field S. No Sender Time Stamp Text Save Description Displays the serial number of the message. Displays the sender of the message. Displays the time when the message was sent. Displays the content of the message. Click to save and activate your settings. 3. Right-click the entry to delete, refresh, reply, or forward the message. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 167 Section 9 - Maintenance Create SMS Path: Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service> Create SMS This page allows you to send a message using the SMS service. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Create SMS tab. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Send Message. Field Receiver Text Message Send Message Cancel Description Enter the phone number of the intended receiver. Enter the message you want to send. Click to send your message. Click to reset the fields. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 168 Section 9 - Maintenance Package Manager Path: Maintenance > Administration > Package Manager A package is a set of files which are installed by the router from D-Links repositories. This feature allows users to download new drivers for supported USB devices and language packs to enable multi-lingual support for the routers management interface. Multi-lingual support via the package manager allows the user to choose a language of choice so that the entire textual content in the routers user interface is presented in the selected language. This feature supports a single driver and single language pack to be stored in the router (i.e. these files are available for use after device reboot) . There are 2 types of installations supported by this feature:
1. Manual Installation: Upon selecting manual installation, the user has to download the package which will then display the available languages that the router GUI now supports. Note: Only drivers provided by D-Link can be used for manual installation. A validation process will be performed during installation. 2. Auto Installation: By selecting the link click here the auto-installation of the package is exercised. A page showing the list of available drivers / language packs is displayed from which the user can select and install one of the options. For this type of installation the router must be able to access the internet, as this will allow the user to download the package from a repository server which consists of all the available languages. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Package Manager. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 169 Section 9 - Maintenance 2. Complete the fields from the table below. Field List of Default Drivers Click Here Manual Install Install History Description Displays the default drivers that are installed. Click to display a list of available packages for download. You must be connected to the Internet. Here you can select the driver to update or install. If you have downloaded a packed, click Browse and select the package. Click Open and then click Install. Displays a list of package installations. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 170 Section 9 - Maintenance Set Language Path: Maintenance > Administration > Set Language You can download language packs (refer to Package Manager on page 169) and install them on the router. Once you have downloaded a pack, follow the steps below to install:
1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Set Language. 2. Select a loaded language pack from the drop-down menu and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 171 Section 9 - Maintenance Web GUI Management Path: Maintenance > Administration > Web GUI Management The Web GUI Management page will allow you to specify by IP address or VLAN what users can configure the router using the web GUI. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Web GUI Management. 2. Toggle Enable to ON and click Save. 3. Click Add New Configuration. 4. Enter a name for this configuration. 5. Select either Single IP Address and enter the IP address of the computer/device or VLAN Network and enter the VLAN ID that you want to allow access to the web GUI. 6. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 172 Section 9 - Maintenance Remote Management Path: Maintenance > Management > Remote Management Enable this feature to be able to manage the router from a remote location, using HTTPS or Telnet. Both HTTPS and Telnet access can be restricted to a subset of IP addresses. The router administrator can define a known PC, single IP address or range of IP addresses that are allowed to access the GUI with HTTPS. The opened port for SSL traffic can be changed from the default of 443 at the same time as defining the allowed remote management IP address range. 1. Click Maintenance > Management > Remote Management. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Enable Remote Management HTTPS Port No. SSH SNMP Access Type Respond to Ping Save Description Toggle to ON to enable remote management. Enter the port for HTTPS access. The default port is 443. Toggle ON to enable SSH (Secure Shell) protocol which can be used to access the CLI over the network from a remote host. Toggle to ON to enable SNMP for remote management. Select either All IP Addresses, IP Address Range (enter an IP range), or Only Selected PC (enter an IP address). Toggle to ON to allow the router to respond to ping requests from the WAN. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 173 Section 9 - Maintenance SNMP Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP SNMP is an additional management tool that is useful when multiple routers in a network are being managed by a central Master system. When an external SNMP manager is provided with this routers Management Information Base (MIB) file, the manager can update the routers hierarchal variables to view or update configuration parameters. The router as a managed device has an SNMP agent that allows the MIB configuration variables to be accessed by the Master (the SNMP manager). The Access Control List on the router identifies managers in the network that have read-only or read-write SNMP credentials. The Traps List outlines the port over which notifications from this router are provided to the SNMP community (managers) and also the SNMP version (v1, v2c, v3) for the trap. SNMP User List 1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP tab. 2. Right-click a user and select Edit if you want to change the security level. 3. Select the security level from the drop-down list. Select one of the following:
No-Auth No-Priv: Only requires a user name match for authentication. Auth No-Priv: Provides authentication based on the MD5 or SHA algorithms. Auth Priv: Provides authentication based on the MD5 or SHA algorithms as well as encryption privacy with the DES 256-bit standard. 4. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 174 Section 9 - Maintenance SNMP Trap List Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP Trap List To create a new SNMP trap:
1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP Trap List tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new trap, click Add SNMP Trap. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field IP Address Port Community Authentication Type Save Description The IP Address of the SNMP trap agent. The SNMP trap port to which the trap messages will be sent. The community string to which the agent belongs. Most agents are configured to listen for traps in the Public community. The SNMP version used by the trap agent. The choices are v1, v2c, or v3. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 175 Section 9 - Maintenance Access Control Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > Access Control List To edit, delete, or create a new access control entry:
1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > Access Control List tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new trap, click Add Access Control. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field IP Address Subnet Mask Community Access Type Save Description The IP Address of the SNMP agent. The network mask used to determine the list of allowed SNMP managers. The community string to which the agent belongs. Most agents are configured to listen for traps in the Public community. Access will be either read only (ROcommunity) or read-write (RWcommunity). Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 176 Section 9 - Maintenance SNMP System Info Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP System Info To create a new SNMP trap:
1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP System Info tab. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field SysContact SysLocation SysName Save Description The name of the contact person for this router. Examples: admin, John Doe. The physical location of the router: Example: Rack #2, 4th Floor. A name given for easy identification of the router. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 177 Section 9 - Maintenance Diagnostics Ping an IP Address/Domain Name Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools As part of the diagnostics functions on the router, you can ping an IP address or domain name. You can use this function to test connectivity between the router and another device on the network or the Internet. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab. 2. Under Command Output for Ping and Traceroute, in the IP Address/Domain Name field, enter an IP address or domain name. 3. Click Ping. The results will appear in the Command Output display below. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 178 Section 9 - Maintenance Using Traceroute Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools The router provides a Traceroute function that lets you map the network path to a public host. Up to 30 hops between this router and the destination will be displayed. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab. 2. Under Command Output for Ping and Traceroute, in the IP Address/Domain Name field, enter an IP address or domain name. 3. Click Traceroute. The results will appear in the Command Output display below. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 179 Section 9 - Maintenance Performing DNS Lookups Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools The router provides a DNS lookup function that lets you retrieve the IP address of a Web, FTP, Mail, or any other server on the Internet. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab. 2. Under DNS Lookup, in the Domain Name field, enter an Internet name. 3. Click Lookup. The results will appear in the Command Output display. If the host or domain entry exists, a response will appear with the IP address. If the message Host Unknown appears, the Internet name does not exist. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 180 Section 9 - Maintenance Capture Packets Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Capture Packets The router lets you capture all packets that pass through the LAN and WAN interfaces. The packet trace is limited to 1MB of data per capture session. If the capture file size exceeds 1MB, it is deleted automatically and a new capture file is created. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Capture Packets tab. 2. Select an interface from the drop-down menu. 3. Click Start Trace. The trace can be downloaded by clicking the Download button, which will immediately begin the download to the browsers default download location. To stop the trace click Stop Trace. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 181 Section 9 - Maintenance System Check Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > System Check As part of the diagnostics functions on the router, you can view the static and dynamic routes for both IPv4 and IPv6. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > System Check tab. 2. Click Display IPv4 Table or Display IPv6 Table. The results will appear in the Command Output display. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 182 Section 9 - Maintenance Power Saving Path: Maintenance > Management > Power Saving The router allows you to adjust the power consumption of the hardware based on your actual usage. The two green options available for your LAN switch are Power Saving by Link Status and Length Detection State. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Power Saving. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field By Link Status By Cable Length Detection Save Description With Power Saving by Link Status option toggled to ON, the total power consumption by the LAN switch is dependent function of on the number of connected ports. The overall current draw when a single port is connected is less than when all the ports are connected. With Length Detection State option toggled to ON, the overall current supplied to a LAN port is reduced when a smaller cable length is connected on a LAN port. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 183 Section 9 - Maintenance Firmware Upgrade You can upgrade to a newer firmware version from the Administration web page. In the Firmware Upgrade section, to upgrade your firmware, click Browse, locate and select the firmware image on your host, and click Upgrade. After the new firmware image is validated, the new image is written to flash and the router will automatically reboot with the new firmware. Warning: During the firmware upgrade, do NOT try to go online, turn off the DSR, shut down your PC, or interrupt the process in anyway until the operation is complete. This should take only a minute or so including the reboot process. Interrupting the upgrade process at specific points when the flash is being written to may corrupt the flash memory and render the router unusable without a low-level process of restoring the flash firmware (not through the web GUI). Path: Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade Check Update This router supports an automated notification to determine if a newer firmware version is available for this router. By clicking the Check Now button in the notification section, the router will check a D-Link server to see if a newer firmware version for this router is available for download. To see if a new version is available:
1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Check Update tab. 2. Click Check Now. If new firmware is available or if you have the most current version a message will appear under Status. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 184 Section 9 - Maintenance Using PC To upgrade the firmware from a PC:
1. Download the latest firmware version from the D-Link support website. 2. Once downloaded, log in to the router and click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade >
Using System (PC) tab. 3. Click Browse and locate the firmware file you downloaded. Select it and click Open. 4. Click Upgrade. Note: The upgrade process takes a few minutes. Do not interrupt the upgrade or turn off the router;
otherwise you can damage the firmware. Wait for the upgrade to complete before browsing any sites from your browser. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 185 Section 9 - Maintenance Using USB To upgrade the firmware using a USB thumb drive:
1. Download the latest firmware version from the D-Link support website and copy the file to a USB thumb drive. 2. Plug the USB thumb drive into a USB port on the router. 3. Log in to the router and click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Using USB tab. 4. Select the firmware file from the list and click Upgrade. Note: The upgrade process takes a few minutes. Do not interrupt the upgrade or turn off the router;
otherwise you can damage the firmware. Wait for the upgrade to complete before browsing any sites from your browser. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 186 Section 9 - Maintenance Configuration Files Backup Path: Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore After you configure the router, you can back up the configuration settings. When you back up the settings, they are saved as a file. You can then use the file to restore the settings on the same router if something goes wrong or on a different router (must be the same model) that will replace the existing router. To backup your configuration files:
1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore tab. 2. To save the file to your computer, click Save to System (PC). If you have a USB thumb drive connected to the router, you can click Save to USB Port 1 (or Port 2). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 187 Section 9 - Maintenance Restore To restore your settings from a saved backup file:
1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore. 2. To restore the file from your computer, click Browse and select the file. Click Open and then click Restore. To restore the file from a USB thumb drive, select the file in the list under the corresponding USB port and click Restore. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 188 Section 9 - Maintenance Configuration Settings If there is a USB storage device currently plugged in to the router, you can enable auto-backup. The snapshot of current configuration settings will be updated on the USB storage device and overwrite any files with the same filename (i.e., if there was an earlier configuration backup done to this location). 1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore > Configuration Settings tab. 2. Toggle Backup Configuration to USB Automatically to ON to automatically save your configuration settings to a file on your USB storage device. 3. Toggle Encrypt Configuration File to ON to encrypt the configuration file. This will ensure confidential information like system username/passwords are not available for view by unauthorized sources. Enabling this option will apply to configuration files backed up on the host as well as a USB drive. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 189 Section 9 - Maintenance Soft Reboot Performing a soft reboot simply performs a power cycle. 1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Soft Reboot. 2. Click Soft Reboot. The router will power cycle. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 190 Section 9 - Maintenance Reset to Factory Default Settings If you reset the router to its factory default settings, it returns to the state when it was new all changes you made to the default configuration are lost. Examples of settings that get restored include critical things you need to get online, such as login password, SSID, IP addresses, and wireless security keys. 1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Soft Reboot. 2. Click Default. The router will power cycle and reset all settings to the default values. Note: After restoring to the factory default settings, the routers default LAN IP address is 192.168.10.1, the default login user name is admin, and the default login password is admin. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 191 Section 9 - Maintenance Log Settings The router allows you capture log messages. You can monitor the type of traffic that goes through the router and be notified of potential attacks or errors when they are detected by the controller. The following sections describe the log configuration settings and the ways you can access these logs. Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Log Facilities Defining What to Log The Facility Logs page lets you determine the granularity of logs to receive from the wireless controller. Select one of the following facilities:
Kernel: The Linux kernel. Log messages that correspond to this facility would correspond to traffic through the firewall or network stack. System: Application and management-level features available on this router for managing the unit. Local1-UTM: This facility corresponds to IPS (Intrusion Prevention System) which helps in detecting malicious intrusion attempts from the WAN. Local0-Wireless: This facility corresponds to the 802.11 driver used for providing AP functionality to your network. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Log Facilities. 2. Select the facility and then toggle ON which events you want to log and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 192 Section 9 - Maintenance For each facility, the following events (in order of severity) can be logged:
Emergency: system is unusable Alert: action must be taken immediately Critical: critical conditions Error: error conditions Warning: warning conditions Notification: normal but significant condition Information: informational Debugging: debug-level messages When a particular severity level is selected, all events with severity equal to and greater than the chosen severity are captured. For example if you have configured CRITICAL level logging for the Wireless facility, then 802.11 logs with severities CRITICAL, ALERT, and EMERGENCY are logged. The display for logging can be customized based on whether the logs are sent to the Event Log viewer in the web management interface (the Event Log viewer is in the Status > System Information > All Logs > Current Logs) or a remote Syslog server for later review. E-mail logs, discussed in a subsequent section, follow the same configuration as logs configured for a Syslog server. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 193 Section 9 - Maintenance Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Routing Logs Routing Logs Traffic can be tracked based on whether the packet was accepted or dropped by the firewall. Denial of service attacks, general attack information, login attempts, dropped packets, and similar events can be captured for review. Note: Enabling logging options may generate a significant volume of log messages and is recommended for debugging purposes only. Traffic through each network segment (LAN, WAN, DMZ) can be tracked based on whether the packet was accepted or dropped by the firewall. Accepted Packets are those that were successfully transferred through the corresponding network segment (i.e., LAN to WAN). This option is particularly useful when the Default Outbound Policy is Block Always so you can monitor traffic that is passed through the firewall. Dropped Packets are packets that were intentionally blocked from being transferred through the corresponding network segment. This option is useful when the Default Outbound Policy is Allow Always. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Routing Logs. 2. Toggle which events you want to log to ON and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 194 Section 9 - Maintenance Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > System Logs System Logs In addition to network segment logging, unicast and multicast traffic can be logged. Unicast packets have a single destination on the network, whereas broadcast (or multicast) packets are sent to all possible destinations simultaneously. One other useful log control is to log packets that are dropped due to configured bandwidth profiles over a particular interface. This data will indicate to the admin whether the bandwidth profile has to be modified to account for the desired internet traffic of LAN users. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > System Logs. 2. Toggle which events you want to log to ON and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 195 Section 9 - Maintenance Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Remote Logs Remote Logs Once you have configured the type of logs that you want the router to collect, they can be sent to either a Syslog server or an E-Mail address. For remote logging a key configuration field is the Remote Log Identifier. Every logged message will contain the configured prefix of the Remote Log Identifier, so that syslog servers or email addresses that receive logs from more than one router can sort for the relevant devices logs. Once you enable the option to e-mail logs, enter the e-mail servers address (IP address or FQDN) of the SMTP server. The router will connect to this server when sending e-mails out to the configured addresses. The SMTP port and return e-mail addresses are required fields to allow the router to package the logs and send a valid e-mail that is accepted by one of the configured send-to addresses. Up to three e-mail addresses can be configured as log recipients. In order to establish a connection with the configured SMTP port and server, define the servers authentication requirements. The router supports Login Plain (no encryption) or CRAM-MD5 (encrypted) for the username and password data to be sent to the SMTP server. Authentication can be disabled if the server does not have this requirement. In some cases the SMTP server may send out IDENT requests, and this router can have this response option enabled as needed. Once the e-mail server and recipient details are defined you can determine when the router should send out logs. E-mail logs can be sent out based on a defined schedule by first choosing the unit (i.e., the frequency) of sending logs: Hourly, Daily, or Weekly. Selecting Never will disable log e-mails but will preserve the e-mail server settings. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Remote Logs. 2. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 196 Section 9 - Maintenance Field Remote Log Identifier E-Mail Log E-Mail Server Address SMTP Port Return E-Mail Address Send to E-Mail Address (1-3) Authentication with SMTP User Name Password Respond to identd from SMTP Unit Day Time Save Description Enter a prefix used to identify the source of the message. This identifier is prefixed to both e-mail and Syslog messages. Toggle to ON to enable E-Mail logs. Enter the IP address or network address of the SMTP server. The router will connect to this server to send e-mail logs when required. The SMTP server must be operational for e-mail notifications to be received. Enter the SMTP port of the e-mail server. Enter the e-mail address where replies from the SMTP server are to be sent (required for failure messages). Enter up to three e-mail addresses where logs and alerts are to be sent. Select an authentication if the SMTP server requires authentication before accepting connections. Choices are:
None: No authentication is used. The User Name and Password fields are not available. Login Plain: Authentication used to log in using Base64-encoded passwords over non-encrypted communication session. Base64-encoded passwords offer no cryptographic protection, making them vulnerable. CRAM-MD5: A challenge-response authentication mechanism defined in RFC 2195 based on the HMAC-MD5 MAC algorithm. CRAM-MD5 offers a higher level of authentication than Login Plain. If Authentication with SMTP is set to Login Plain or CRAM-MD5, enter the user name to be used for authentication. If Authentication with SMTP is set to Login Plain or CRAM-MD5, enter the case-sensitive password to be used for authentication. Toggle to ON to have the router respond to IDENT requests from the SMTP server. Select the period of time that you need to send the log. This option is useful when you do not want to receive logs by e-mail, but want to keep e-mail options configured, so you can use the Send Log function Event Log viewer pages. Choices are:
Never: Disable sending of logs. Hourly: Send logs every hour. Daily: Send logs every day at the Time specified. Weekly: Send logs weekly, at the Day and Time specified. If Unit is set to Weekly, select the day of the week when logs will be sent. If Unit is set to Daily or Weekly, select the time when logs will be sent. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 197 Section 9 - Maintenance Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Syslog Server Syslog Server An external Syslog server is often used to collect and store logs from the router. This remote device typically has less memory constraints than the local Event Viewer on the router. Therefore, a number of logs can be collected over a sustained period. This is useful for debugging network issues or to monitor router traffic over a long duration. The router supports eight concurrent Syslog servers. Each server can be configured to receive different log facility messages of varying severity using the Remote Logs page. This page also lets you send configuration logs to three email recipients. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Syslog Server. 2. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save. Field Syslog Server 1 FQDN / IP Address Facility Severity Syslog Server 2-8 Save Description Toggle to ON to setup a Syslog server. Enter the IP address or Internet Name of the Syslog server. Select which facility you want to log. Refer to Defining What to Log on page 192 for definitions. Select the severity level you want to log. Refer to Defining What to Log on page 192 for definitions. Toggle to ON to setup another Syslog server. Repeat the fields above for each server you want to setup. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 198 Section 9 - Maintenance Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Event Logs Event Logs The routers web management interface displays configured log messages from the Status menu. When traffic through or to the router matches settings in the Facility Logs page or Routing Logs page, the corresponding log message will appear in this window with a timestamp. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Event Logs. 2. Toggle to ON and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 199 Section 9 - Maintenance IPv6 Logs Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > IPv6 Logs This page allows you to configure what IPv6 events you want to log. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > IPv6 Logs. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Accepted Packets Dropped Packets Accepted Packets Dropped Packets Save LAN to WAN Description Toggle to ON to log accepted packets. Toggle to ON to log dropped packets. WAN Toggle to ON to log accepted packets. Toggle to ON to log dropped packets. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 200 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Status and Statistics Dashboard Path: Status > Dashboard The router provides a dashboard that displays about the resources the system is using. The dashboard page is organized into the following sections:
Field Traffic Overview WAN Ports Bandwidth Usage VPNs Traffic Information Description Displays a chart of traffic overview by service for each interface. Displays a chart of traffic overview by bandwidth and packet information for WAN traffic. Displays bandwidth usage by network segment such as WAN or LAN. The data is broken into by applications service such as HTTP, HTTPS, DNS, SNMP, and others. Displays a chart of VPN traffic by bandwidth and number of tunnels. Displays a grid of traffic statistics for each interface. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 201 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Manage Dashboard To manage the dashboard:
1. Click on the Manage Dashboard button. 2. The following window will pop out and allow you to enable or disable the overview panels shown on the dashboard. Toggle the panel to ON or OFF and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 202 Section 10 - Status and Statistics System Path: Status > System Information > Device > System The System Info page displays the current system name, firmware version, hardware version, and serial number. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 203 Section 10 - Status and Statistics LAN Info Path: Status > System Information > Device > LAN The LAN Information page summarizes the LAN settings including MAC address, IP address, and link state. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 204 Section 10 - Status and Statistics WAN1 Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN1 The WAN1 Information page summarizes the WAN1 port settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 205 Section 10 - Status and Statistics WAN2 Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN2 The WAN2 Information page summarizes the WAN2 port settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 206 Section 10 - Status and Statistics WAN3 Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN3 The WAN3 Information page summarizes the WAN3 settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 207 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Wireless Path: Status > System Information > Device > Wireless The Wireless Information page displays traffic statistics for each enabled access point. This page will give a snapshot of how much traffic is being transmitted over each wireless link. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 208 Section 10 - Status and Statistics All Logs Current Logs Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > Current Logs The Current Logs window displays configured log messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time. If remote logging such as a Syslog server or e-mail logging is configured, the same logs are sent to the remote interface while being displayed here. Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 209 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > Firewall Logs Firewall Logs The Firewall Logs window displays configured firewall event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time. Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 210 Section 10 - Status and Statistics IPSec VPN Logs Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > IPSec VPN Logs The IPSec VPN Logs window displays IPSec VPN event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time. Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 211 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > SSL VPN Logs SSL VPN Logs The SSL VPN Logs window displays SSL VPN event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time. Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 212 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Path: Status > System Information > USB Status USB Status The USB Status page summarizes the USB devices connected to the router. You may connect USB printer and USB storage device directly to the router. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 213 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Network Information DHCP Leased Clients Path: Status > Network Information > DHCP Clients Three separated tabs display a list of clients whom get IP leased from the router: LAN leased clients, IPv6 leased clients, and DMZ leased clients. LAN Leased Clients IPv6 Leased Clients DMZ Leased Clients D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 214 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Active Sessions Path: Status > Network Information > Active Sessions This table lists the active internet sessions through the routers firewall. The sessions protocol, state, local, and remote IP addresses are shown. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 215 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Active VPNs Path: Status > Network Information > Active VPNs You can view and change the status (connect or drop) of the routers VPN associations/connections. Here, the active VPN associations/connections are listed along with the traffic details and tunnel state. The traffic is a cumulative measure of transmitted/received packets since the tunnel was established. IPSec SAs SSL VPN Connections PPTP VPN Connections OpenVPN Connections L2TP VPN Connections D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 216 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Interface Statistics Path: Status > Network Information > Interfaces Statistics This page displays packet information on the LAN, VLAN, and WLAN interfaces. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 217 Section 10 - Status and Statistics View Wireless Clients Path: Status > Network Information > Wireless Clients The clients connected to a particular AP can be viewed on this page. Connected clients are sorted by the MAC address and indicate the security parameters used by the wireless link, as well as the time connected to the corresponding AP. The statistics table has auto-refresh control which allows display of the most current port level data at each page refresh. The default auto-refresh for this page is 10 seconds. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 218 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Device Stats Path: Status > Network Information > Device Stats Detailed transmit and receive statistics for each physical port are presented here. Each interface (WAN1, WAN2/
DMZ, LAN, and VLANs) have port specific packet level information provided for review. Transmitted/received packets, port collisions, and the cumulating bytes/sec for transmit/receive directions are provided for each interface along with the port up time. If you suspect issues with any of the wired ports, this table will help diagnose uptime or transmit level issues with the port. The statistics table has auto-refresh control which allows display of the most current port level data at each page refresh. The default auto-refresh for this page is 10 seconds. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 219 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Wireless Statistics Path: Status > Network Information > Wireless Statistics The Wireless Statistics page displays the incrementing traffic statistics for each enabled access point. This page will give a snapshot of how much traffic is being transmitted over each wireless link. If you suspect that a radio or VAP may be down, the details on this page would confirm if traffic is being sent and received through the VAP. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 220 Section 10 - Status and Statistics View LAN Clients Path: Status > Network Information > LAN Clients The LAN clients to the router are identified by an ARP scan through the LAN switch. The NetBIOS name (if available), IP address, and MAC address of discovered LAN hosts are displayed. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 221 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Internet Connection Troubleshooting Symptom: You cannot access the routers web-configuration interface from a PC on your LAN. Recommended action:
1. Check the Ethernet connection between the PC and the router. 2. Ensure that your PCs IP address is on the same subnet as the router. If you are using the recommended addressing scheme, your PCs address should be in the range 192.168.10.2 to 192.168.10.254. 3. Check your PCs IP address. If the PC cannot reach a DHCP server, some versions of Windows and Mac OS generate and assign an IP address. These auto-generated addresses are in the range 169.254.x.x. If your IP address is in this range, check the connection from the PC to the firewall and reboot your PC. 4. If your routers IP address has changed and you dont know what it is, reset the router configuration to factory defaults (this sets the firewalls IP address to 192.168.10.1). 5. If you do not want to reset to factory default settings and lose your configuration, reboot the router and use a packet sniffer (such as Ethereal) to capture packets sent during the reboot. Look at the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packets to locate the routers LAN interface address. 6. Launch your browser and ensure that Java, JavaScript, or ActiveX is enabled. If you are using Internet Explorer, click Refresh to ensure that the Java applet is loaded. Close the browser and launch it again. 7. Ensure that you are using the correct login information. The factory default login name is admin and the password is password. Ensure that CAPS LOCK is off when entering this information. Symptom: Router does not save configuration changes. Recommended action:
otherwise your changes are lost. 1. When entering configuration settings, click Apply before moving to another menu or tab;
2. Click Refresh or Reload in the browser. Your changes may have been made, but the browser may be caching the old configuration. Symptom: Router cannot access the Internet. Possible cause: If you use dynamic IP addresses, your router may not have requested an IP address from the ISP. Recommended action:
1. Launch your browser and go to an external site such as www.google.com. 2. Access the firewalls configuration main menu at http://192.168.10.1. 3. Select Monitoring > Router Status. 4. Ensure that an IP address is shown for the WAN port. If 0.0.0.0 is shown, your firewall has not obtained an IP address from your ISP. See the next symptom. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 222 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Symptom: Router cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP. Recommended action:
1. Turn off power to the cable or DSL modem. 2. Turn off the router. 3. Wait five minutes, and then reapply power to the cable or DSL modem. 4. When the modem LEDs indicate that it has resynchronized with the ISP, reapply power to the router. If the router still cannot obtain an ISP address, see the next symptom. Symptom: Router still cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP. Recommended action:
1. Ask your ISP if it requires a login program PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) or some other type of login. 2. If yes, verify that your configured login name and password are correct. 3. Ask your ISP if it checks for your PCs hostname. 4. If yes, select Network Configuration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and set the account name to the PC hostname of your ISP account. 5. Ask your ISP if it allows only one Ethernet MAC address to connect to the Internet, and therefore 6. If yes, inform your ISP that you have bought a new network device, and ask them to use the firewalls checks for your PCs MAC address. MAC address. 7. Alternatively, select Network Configuration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and configure your router to spoof your PCs MAC address. Symptom: Router can obtain an IP address, but PC is unable to load Internet pages. Recommended action:
1. Ask your ISP for the addresses of its designated Domain Name System (DNS) servers. Configure your PC to recognize those addresses. For details, see your operating system documentation. 2. On your PC, configure the router to be its TCP/IP gateway. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 223 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Date and time Symptom: Date shown is January 1, 1970. Possible cause: The router has not yet successfully reached a network time server (NTS). Recommended action:
and recheck the date and time. 1. If you have just configured the router, wait at least five minutes, select Administration > Time Zone, 2. Verify your Internet access settings. Symptom: Time is off by one hour. Possible cause: The router does not automatically adjust for Daylight Savings Time. Recommended action:
1. Select Administration > Time Zone and view the current date and time settings. 2. Click to check or uncheck Automatically adjust for Daylight Savings Time, then click Apply. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 224 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Pinging to Test LAN Connectivity Most TCP/IP terminal devices and firewalls contain a ping utility that sends an ICMP echo-request packet to the designated device. The DSR responds with an echo reply. Troubleshooting a TCP/IP network is made very easy by using the ping utility in your PC or workstation. Testing the LAN path from your PC to your router 1. From the PCs Windows toolbar, Click Start and in the search box at the bottom, type cmd and press Enter. 2. At the prompt, type ping <IP_address> where <IP_address> is the routers IP address. Example:
ping 192.168.10.1. 3. Press Enter. 4. Observe the display:
If the path is working, you will see this message sequence:
Pinging <IP address> with 32 bytes of data Reply from <IP address>: bytes=32 time=NN ms TTL=xxx If the path is not working, you will see this message sequence:
Pinging <IP address> with 32 bytes of data Request timed out 5. If the path is not working, Test the physical connections between PC and router:
If the LAN port LED is off, go to the LED displays section on your Install Guide and follow instructions for LAN or Internet port LEDs are not lit. Verify that the corresponding link LEDs are lit for your network interface card and for any hub ports that are connected to your workstation and firewall. 6. If the path is still not up, test the network configuration:
Verify that the Ethernet card driver software and TCP/IP software are installed and configured on the PC. Verify that the IP address for the router and PC are correct and on the same subnet. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 225 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Testing the LAN path from your PC to a remote device 1. From the PCs Windows toolbar, Click Start and in the search box at the bottom, type cmd and press Enter. 2. Type ping -n 10 <IP_address> where -n 10 specifies a maximum of 10 tries and <IP address> is the IP address of a remote device such as your ISPs DNS server. Example: ping -n 10 10.1.1.1. 3. Press Enter and then observe the display (see the previous procedure). 4. If the path is not working, do the following:
Check that the PC has the IP address of your firewall listed as the default gateway. (If the IP configuration of your PC is assigned by DHCP, this information is not visible in your PCs Network Control Panel.) Verify that the network (subnet) address of your PC is different from the network address of the remote device. Verify that the cable or DSL modem is connected and functioning. Ask your ISP if it assigned a hostname to your PC. If yes, select Network Configuration >
WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and enter that hostname as the ISP account name. Ask your ISP if it rejects the Ethernet MAC addresses of all but one of your PCs. Many broadband ISPs restrict access by allowing traffic from the MAC address of only your broadband modem; but some ISPs additionally restrict access to the MAC address of just a single PC connected to that modem. If this is the case, configure your firewall to clone or spoof the MAC address from the authorized PC. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 226 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Restoring factory-default configuration settings To restore factory-default configuration settings, do either of the following:
1. Do you know the account password and IP address?
If yes, select Maintenance > Firmware & Config > Soft Reboot and click Default. If no, do the following:
On the rear panel of the router, press and hold the Reset button about 10 seconds, until the test LED lights and then blinks. Release the button and wait for the router to reboot. 2. If the router does not restart automatically; manually restart it to make the default settings effective. 3. After a restore to factory defaults whether initiated from the configuration interface or the Reset button the following settings apply:
LAN IP address: 192.168.10.1 Username: admin Password: admin DHCP server on LAN: enabled WAN port configuration: Get configuration via DHCP D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 227 Appendix A - Glossary Appendix A - Glossary ARP CHAP DDNS DHCP DNS FQDN FTP HTTP IKE IPsec ISAKMP ISP Address Resolution Protocol. Broadcast protocol for mapping IP addresses to MAC addresses. Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol. Protocol for authenticating users to an ISP. Dynamic DNS. System for updating domain names in real time. Allows a domain name to be assigned to a device with a dynamic IP address. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. Protocol for allocating IP addresses dynamically so that addresses can be reused when hosts no longer need them. Domain Name System. Mechanism for translating H.323 IDs, URLs, or e-mail IDs into IP addresses. Also used to assist in locating remote gatekeepers and to map IP addresses to hostnames of administrative domains. Fully qualified domain name. Complete domain name, including the host portion. Example:
serverA.companyA.com. File Transfer Protocol. Protocol for transferring files between network nodes. Hypertext Transfer Protocol. Protocol used by web browsers and web servers to transfer files. Internet Key Exchange. Mode for securely exchanging encryption keys in ISAKMP as part of building a VPN tunnel. IP security. Suite of protocols for securing VPN tunnels by authenticating or encrypting IP packets in a data stream. IPsec operates in either transport mode (encrypts payload but not packet headers) or tunnel mode (encrypts both payload and packet headers). Internet Key Exchange Security Protocol. Protocol for establishing security associations and cryptographic keys on the Internet. Internet service provider. MAC Address Media-access-control address. Unique physical-address identifier attached to a network adapter. MTU NAT Maximum transmission unit. Size, in bytes, of the largest packet that can be passed on. The MTU for Ethernet is a 1500-byte packet. Network Address Translation. Process of rewriting IP addresses as a packet passes through a router or firewall. NAT enables multiple hosts on a LAN to access the Internet using the single public IP address of the LANs gateway router. NetBIOS Microsoft Windows protocol for file sharing, printer sharing, messaging, authentication, and name resolution. NTP PAP Network Time Protocol. Protocol for synchronizing a router to a single clock on the network, known as the clock master. Password Authentication Protocol. Protocol for authenticating users to a remote access server or ISP. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 228 Appendix A - Glossary PPPoE PPTP RADIUS RSA TCP UDP VPN WINS XAUTH Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet. Protocol for connecting a network of hosts to an ISP without the ISP having to manage the allocation of IP addresses. Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol. Protocol for creation of VPNs for the secure transfer of data from remote clients to private servers over the Internet. Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service. Protocol for remote user authentication and accounting. Provides centralized management of usernames and passwords. Rivest-Shamir-Adleman. Public key encryption algorithm. Transmission Control Protocol. Protocol for transmitting data over the Internet with guaranteed reliability and in-order delivery. User Data Protocol. Protocol for transmitting data over the Internet quickly but with no guarantee of reliability or in-order delivery. Virtual private network. Network that enables IP traffic to travel securely over a public TCP/IP network by encrypting all traffic from one network to another. Uses tunneling to encrypt all information at the IP level. Windows Internet Name Service. Service for name resolution. Allows clients on different IP subnets to dynamically resolve addresses, register themselves, and browse the network without sending broadcasts. IKE Extended Authentication. Method, based on the IKE protocol, for authenticating not just devices (which IKE authenticates) but also users. User authentication is performed after device authentication and before IPsec negotiation. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 229 Appendix B - Factory Default Settings Appendix B - Factory Default Settings Feature Device Login Internet Connection Local Area Network (LAN) Description User Login URL User Name Password WAN MAC Address WAN MTU size Port Speed IP Address IPv4 Subnet Mask RIP Direction RIP Version RIP Authentication DHCP Server DHCP Starting IP Address DHCP Ending IP Address Time Zone Daylight Saving Time SNMP Remote Management Default Settings http://192.168.10.1 admin admin Use default address 1500 Autosense 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0 None Disabled Disabled Enabled 192.168.10.2 192.168.10.100 GMT Disabled Disabled Disabled Firewall Inbound Communication from Internet Outbound Communication to Internet Source MAC Filtering Stealth Mode Disabled (except Port 80 HTTP) Enabled (all) Disabled Enabled D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 230 Appendix C - Standard Services Available for Port Forwarding & Firewall Configuration Appendix C - Standard Services for Port Forwarding & Firewall Configuration ANY AIM BGP BOOTP_CLIENT BOOTP_SERVER CU-SEEME:UDP CU-SEEME:TCP DNS:UDP DNS:TCP FINGER FTP HTTP HTTPS ICMP-TYPE-3 ICMP-TYPE-4 ICMP-TYPE-5 ICMP-TYPE-6 ICMP-TYPE-7 ICMP-TYPE-8 ICMP-TYPE-9 ICMP-TYPE-10 ICMP-TYPE-11 ICMP-TYPE-13 ICQ IMAP2 IMAP3 IRC NEWS NFS NNTP PING POP3 PPTP RCMD REAL-AUDIO REXEC RLOGIN RTELNET RTSP:TCP RTSP:UDP SFTP SMTP SNMP:TCP SNMP:UDP SNMP-TRAPS:TCP SNMP-TRAPS:UDP SQL-NET SSH:TCP SSH:UDP STRMWORKS TACACS TELNET TFTP VDOLIVE D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 231 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Appendix D - Log Output Reference Facility: System (Networking) Log Message DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d networkIntable.txt not found Severity DEBUG DEBUG Log Message BridgeConfig: too few arguments to command %s BridgeConfig: too few arguments to command %s Severity ERROR ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Interface is already deleted in bridge DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR removing %s from bridge %s... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR adding %s to bridge %s... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR stopping bridge... stopping bridge... stopping bridge... DEBUG ddnsDisable failed DEBUG failed to call ddns enable DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR ERROR ERROR
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Wan is not up DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR doDNS:failed doDNS:failed DEBUG Illegal invocation of ddnsView (%s) ERROR DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR doDNS:Result = FAILED DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR doDNS:Result SUCCESS DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR Write Old Entry: %s %s %s: to %s DEBUG Illegal operation interface got deleted ERROR Write New Entry: %s %s #%s : to %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Write Old Entry: %s %s %s: to %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Write New Entry: %s %s #%s : to %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR ifStaticMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with DEBUG ddnsDisable failed nimfLinkStatusGet: buffer: \
DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s nimfLinkStatusGetErr: returning with status: %d nimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Mac Option:
%d nimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Port Speed Option: %d nimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Mtu Option:
%d DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 232 Appendix D - Log Output Reference nimfAdvOptSetWrap: looks like we are reconnecting. DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s nimfAdvOptSetWrap: Mtu Size: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed nimfAdvOptSetWrap: NIMF table is %s DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR ERROR ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap:WAN_MODE TRIGGER DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MTU: %d DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MacAddress: %s DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Mtu Flag: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed MTU option DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MTU: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old MTU size: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Port Speed Option: %d nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Mac Address Option: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MacAddress: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Setting LED [%d]:[%d] For %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR l2tpEnable: command string: %s DEBUG ddnsDisable failed nimfAdvOptSetWrap: handling reboot scenario DEBUG failed to call ddns enable nimfAdvOptSetWrap: INDICATOR = %d DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s nimfAdvOptSetWrap: UpdateFlag: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: returning with status: %s nimfGetUpdateMacFlag: MacTable Flag is: %d nimfMacGet: Mac Option changed nimfMacGet: Update Flag: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR DEBUG DEBUG Failed to open the resolv.conf file. Exiting./n Could not write to the resolv.conf file. Exiting. nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG Error opening the lanUptime File nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG Error Opening the lanUptime File. nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to open %s nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to open %s ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to query networkInterface table ERROR nimfMacGet:Mac option Not changed \
DEBUG failed to query networkInterface table ERROR nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 233 Appendix D - Log Output Reference nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to enable IPv6 forwarding ERROR nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the ERROR nimfMacGet: returning with status: %s DEBUG failed to enable IPv6 forwarding ERROR Now in enableing LanBridge function DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the ERROR sucessfully executed the command %s DEBUG failed to disable IPv6 forwarding ERROR Now in disableing LanBridge function DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the ERROR sucessfully executed the command %s DEBUG failed to open %s ERROR configPortTblHandler:Now we are in Sqlite Update The Old Configuration of ConfiPort was:%s The New Configuration of ConfiPort was:%s The user has deselected the configurable port failed query %s failed query %s failed query %s
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG Could not create ISATAP Tunnel ERROR DEBUG Could not destroy ISATAP Tunnel ERROR DEBUG Could not configure ISATAP Tunnel ERROR DEBUG Could not de-configure ISATAP Tunnel ERROR DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG nimfStatusUpdate: updating NimfStatus failed nimfStatusUpdate: updating NimfStatus failed nimfLinkStatusGet: determinig links status failed nimfLinkStatusGet: opening status file failed DEBUG Failed to commit ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR
%s:%d SIP ENABLE: %s DEBUG ifStatusDBUpdate: Failed to begin ERROR sipTblHandler:failed to update ifStatic DEBUG
%s: SQL error: %s sipTblHandler:failed to update Configport DEBUG
%s: Failed to commit
%s:%d SIP DISABLE: %s
%s:%d SIP SET CONF: %s Failed to open %s: %s DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG nimfNetIfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId nimfNetIfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId nimfNetIfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId Failed to start sipalg DEBUG
%s: unable to kill dhclient Failed to stop sipalg DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current Mac Option ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 234 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Failed to get config info Network Mask: 0x%x RTP DSCP Value: 0x%x Need more arguments Invalid lanaddr Invalid lanmask Invalid option Failed to set config info Unknown option sshdTblHandler pPort: %s pProtocol: %s pListerAddr: %s pKeyBits: %s pRootEnable: %s pRsaEnable: %s pDsaEnable: %s pPassEnable: %s pEmptyPassEnable: %s pSftpEnable: %s pScpEnable: %s pSshdEnable: %s pPrivSep: %s
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current Port nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current MTU Option nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting Mac Address from nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get the MTU nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error setting interface advanced nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting MTU size nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get Mac Address nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error setting interface advanced nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old connectiontype nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old connection type is: %s nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old MTU Option nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting MTU size nimfOldFieldValueGet: failed to get old nimfOldFieldValueGet: user has changed MTU size nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old Port Speed nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed Port Speed nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old Mac Address nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed Mac Address nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get Mac Address nimfAdvOptSetWrap:Failed to RESET the flag nimfAdvOptSetWrap: setting advanced options failed nimfAdvOptSetWrap: interface advanced options applied nimfGetUpdateMacFlag: unable to get Flag from MacTable nimfMacGet: Updating MAC address failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Re-Starting sshd daemon.... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR sshd re-started successfully. DEBUG error executing the command %s sshd stopped . failed query %s DEBUG error executing the command %s DEBUG error executing the command %s ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 235 Appendix D - Log Output Reference vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration.. DEBUG disableLan function is failed to disable ConfigPort ERROR failed query %s failed query %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR no ports present in this vlanId %d DEBUG Unable to Disable configurable port from failed query %s DEBUG configPortTblHandler has failed ERROR ERROR vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration.. disabling vlan enabling vlan vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration.. no ports present in this vlanId %d failed query %s vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration.. removing %s from bridge%s... %s adding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Failed to execute switchConfig for port\
Failed to execute switchConfig for port enable Failed to execute ifconfig for port enable DEBUG Failed to execute ethtool for\
DEBUG DEBUG Failed to execute switchConfig for port disable Failed to execute ifconfig for port disable restarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed
[switchConfig] Ignoring event on port number %d DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed restarting bridge... executing %s ... %s removing %s from bridge%s... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG DEBUG Failed to execute switchConfig for port mirroring Usage:%s <DB Name> <Entry Name>
<logFile> <subject>
adding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed
[switchConfig] Ignoring event on %s DEBUG Could not get all the required variables to email the Logs. restarting bridge... DEBUG runSmtpClient failed
[switchConfig] Ignoring event on port number %d DEBUG getaddrinfo returned %s
[switchConfig] executing %s ... %s DEBUG file not found ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR restarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR UserName: %s Password: %s IspName: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR DEBUG No memory to allocate ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 236 Appendix D - Log Output Reference DialNumber: %s DEBUG Failed to Open SSHD Configuration File ERROR Apn: %s GetDnsFromIsp: %s DEBUG DEBUG Ipaddress should be provided with accessoption 1 Subnetaddress should be provided with accessoption 2 IdleTimeOutFlag: %s DEBUG Failed to restart sshd IdleTimeOutValue: %d DEBUG unable to open the ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR AuthMetho: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR executing %s ... %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR removing %s from bridge%d... %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR adding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG unknown vlan state stopping bridge... DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d restarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed Could not configure 6to4 Tunnel Interface DEBUG Access port can be present only in single vlan Could not de-configure 6to4 Tunnel Interface DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d failed to restart 6to4 tunnel interfaces DEBUG unknown vlan state BridgeConfig: too few arguments to command %s DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR BridgeConfig: unsupported command %d DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for oldPVID %d ERROR BridgeConfig returned error=%d DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for %d ERROR ERROR Error in executing DB update handler DEBUG Failed to set vlan entry for vlan %d ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to set vlan entries, while enabling \
Failed to remove vlan Interface for vlanId \ DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed sqlite3QueryResGet failed Invalid oidp passed DEBUG DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 237 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Invalid oidp passed DEBUG Failed to enable vlan Failed to get oid from the tree DEBUG Failed to disable vlan threegEnable: Input to wrapper %s DEBUG Failed to set vlanPort table entries, while \
threegEnable: spawning command %s DEBUG Failed to enable vlan threegMgmtHandler: query string: %s DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR threegMgmtHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR adding to dhcprealy ifgroup failed DEBUG unknown vlan state adding to ipset fwDhcpRelay failed DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d Disabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol Enabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed
%s: SQL get query: %s DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed DEBUG DEBUG Access port can be present only in single vlan Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d DEBUG unknown vlan state DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d
%s: sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for oldPVID %d
%s: no result found
%s: buffer overflow DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for %d
%s: value of %s in %s table is: %s DEBUG Failed to set vlan entry for vlan %d
%s: returning with status: %s DEBUG dnsResolverConfigure: addressFamily: %d DEBUG dnsResolverConfigure: LogicalIfName: %s DEBUG Failed to set vlan entries, while enabling \
Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d chap-secrets File found DEBUG Failed to enable vlan PID File for xl2tpd found DEBUG Failed to disable vlan pid: %d DEBUG Failed to set vlanPort table entries, while \
options.xl2tpd file found DEBUG Failed to enable vlan options.xl2tpd file not found DEBUG unknown vlan state Conf File for xl2tpd found xl2tpd.conf not found DEBUG DEBUG threegMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s threegConnEnable: failed to get the WanMode Chap Secrets file found DEBUG threegEnable:spawning failed Chap Secrets file not found DEBUG threegDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d chap-secrets File found DEBUG threegMgmtHandler: Query: %s DEBUG threegMgmtHandler: error in executing database update ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 238 Appendix D - Log Output Reference PID File for pptpd found DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR pid: %d DEBUG are we getting invoked twice ??
PID File for pptpd interface found DEBUG could not open %s to append ERROR ERROR pid: %d DEBUG could not write nameserver %s to %s ERROR options.pptpd file found DEBUG could not write nameserver %s to %s ERROR options.pptpd file not found DEBUG could not open %s to truncate Conf File for pptpd found pptpd.conf not found DEBUG DEBUG dnsResolverConfigMgmtInit: unable to open the resolverConfigDBUpateHandler:
sqlite3QueryResGet Chap Secrets file found DEBUG could not configure DNS resolver Chap Secrets file not found DEBUG dnsResolverConfigure: could not write nameserver:%s, ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d chap-secrets File found DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the ERROR DEBUG ioctl call Failed-could not update active user Details ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG Cant kill xl2tpd pppoeMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutFlag:
%d pppoeMgmtTblHandler:
IdleTimeOutValue: %d DEBUG xl2tpd restart failed DEBUG failed to get field value pppoeMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG failed to get field value ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: DNS specified:
%s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Service: %s DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s DEBUG writing options.xl2tpd failed pppoeMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed pppoeMgmtTblHandler: AuthOpt: %d DEBUG writing xl2tpd.conf failed pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Satus: %d DEBUG writing options.xl2tpd failed pppoeEnable: ppp dial string: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed pptpMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutFlag:
%d pptpMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutValue:
%d pptpMgmtTblHandler: GetDnsFromIsp:
%d DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 239 Appendix D - Log Output Reference pptpMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed pptpMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed pptpMgmtTblHandler: dynamic MyIp configured DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERROR ERROR ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: MyIp: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: ServerIp: %s DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler:
MppeEncryptSupport: %s DEBUG Cant kill pptpd pptpMgmtTblHandler: SplitTunnel: %s DEBUG pptpd restart failed pptpEnable: ppp dial string: %s DEBUG Cant kill pptpd pptpEnable: spawning command %s DEBUG failed to get field value PID File for dhcpc found DEBUG failed to get field value ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR pid: %d DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the ERROR pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: query string: %s pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s dhcpcReleaseLease: dhcpc release command: %s DEBUG writing options.pptpd failed DEBUG pptpdStop failed DEBUG writing pptpd.conf failed dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG writing options.pptpd failed dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG pptpdStop failed DHCPv6 Server started successfully. DEBUG pptpdStart failed DHCPv6 Server stopped successfully DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR DHCPv6 Client started successfully. DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR DHCPv6 Client stopped successfully. DEBUG DHCPv6 Client Restart successful DEBUG l2tpMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG pppStatsUpdate: unable to get default MTU pppoeMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s pppoeDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 240 Appendix D - Log Output Reference l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG l2tpMgmtTblHandler: IspName: %s DEBUG l2tpMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG l2tpMgmtTblHandler: AccountName: %s DEBUG l2tpMgmtTblHandler: DomainName: %s DEBUG l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Secret: not specified DEBUG l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Secret: %s l2tpMgmtTblHandler: dynamic MyIp configured l2tpMgmtTblHandler: MyIp: %s DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG pppoeMultipleEnableDisable: pppoe enable failed pppoeMultipleEnableDisable: pppoe disable failed pppoeMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current Mtu Option pppoeMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu pppoeMgmtTblHandler: pppoe enable failed pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: failed query: %s pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing pptpMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s pptpEnable: error executing command: %s pptpEnable: unable to resolve address:
%s l2tpMgmtTblHandler: ServerIp: %s DEBUG pptpEnable: inet_aton failed l2tpMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s DEBUG pptpEnable: inet_aton failed l2tpMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s DEBUG pptpEnable:spawning failed l2tpMgmtTblHandler: SplitTunnel: %s DEBUG needToStartHealthMonitor: returning with status: %s l2tpEnable: command string: %s l2tpEnable: command: %s l2tpEnable: command string: %s PID File for dhcpc found pid: %d l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: query string:
%s l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG pptpDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon pptpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current MTU Option pptpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu pptpMgmtTblHandler:
dbRecordValueGet failed for %s pptpMgmtTblHandler: pptp enable failed pptpMgmtTblHandler: pptp disable failed pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler:
sqlite3QueryResGet pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR DEBUG Illegal invocation of dhcpConfig (%s) ERROR RADVD started successfully DEBUG dhcpLibInit: unable to open the database file %s ERROR RADVD stopped successfully DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d WARN dhcpcMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 241 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Wan is not up or in load balencing mode WARN dhcpcReleaseLease: unable to release lease ERROR threegMgmtHandler: no row found. nRows = %d nCols = %d pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: empty update. dhcpcEnable: dhclient already running on: %s WARN dhcpcEnable: unable to kill dhclient ERROR WARN dhcpcEnable: enabling dhcpc failed on: %s ERROR WARN dhcpcDisable: unable to kill dhclient ERROR dhcpcDisable: deleted dhclient.leases WARN dhcpcDisable: delete failed for dhclient.leases ERROR l2tpMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s ERROR dhcpcDisable: failed to reset the ip ERROR l2tpEnable: unable to resolve address: %s ERROR l2tpEnable: inet_aton failed The Enable Command is %s ERROR ERROR l2tpEnable:Executing the Command failed ERROR l2tpDisable: command string: %s ERROR l2tpDisable: unable to stop l2tp session ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current MTU option l2tpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu l2tpMgmtTblHandler: dbRecordValueGet failed for %s ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current Mtu Option dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhclient enable failed dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhcpc release failed dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhcpc disable failed dhcpcMgmtDBUpdateHandler: failed query: %s dhcpcMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing ERROR DHCPv6 Client start failed. ERROR DHCPv6 Client stop failed. l2tpMgmtTblHandler: l2tpEnable failed ERROR failed to create/open DHCPv6 client ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: disabling l2tp failed ERROR failed to write DHCPv6 client configuration file l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler:
sqlite3QueryResGet l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing ERROR failed to restart DHCPv6 Client ERROR failed to create/open DHCPv6 Server ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Illegal invocation of tcpdumpConfig (%s) ERROR Restoring old configuration.. Failed to start tcpdump ERROR DHCPv6 Server configuration update failed Failed to stop tcpdump ERROR DHCPv6 Server Restart failed ERROR ERROR ERROR Invalid tcpdumpEnable value ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 242 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Log Message Severity Log Message Severity Facility: System (VPN)
%d command not supported by eapAuth DEBUG PEAP key derive: ERROR pCtx NULL. DEBUG PEAP context is NULL: ERROR Current cert subject name= %s DEBUG Constructing P2 response: ERROR X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data failed. DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR Cannot get cipher, no session est. DEBUG Decrypting TLS data: ERROR
%s: SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP DEBUG Wrong identity size: ERROR err code = (%d) in %s BIO_write: Error DEBUG Wrong size for extensions packet:
ERROR DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR. Decrypting: BIO reset failed DEBUG Inner EAP processing: ERROR Encrypting BIO reset: ERROR DEBUG TLS handshake: ERROR. BIO_read: Error DEBUG Sending P1 response: ERROR EAP state machine changed from %s to
%s. EAP state machine changed from %s to
%s. Received EAP Packet with code %d Response ID %d DEBUG Unexpected tlsGlueContinue return value. DEBUG No more fragments in message. ERROR ERROR DEBUG DEBUG No phase 2 data or phase 2 data buffer NULL: ERROR Allocating memory for PEAP Phase 2 payload: ERROR Response Method %d DEBUG TLS encrypting response: ERROR Created EAP/PEAP context: OK Deleted EAP/PEAP context: OK Upper EAP sent us: decision = %d method state = %d DEBUG DEBUG Setting message in fragment buffer:
ERROR Allocating TLS read buffer is NULL:
ERROR DEBUG Setting last fragment: ERROR P2 decision=(%d); methodState=(%d) DEBUG Getting message: ERROR Writing message to BIO: ERROR. DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR Encrypted (%d) bytes for P2 DEBUG Setting fragment: ERROR P2: sending fragment. DEBUG Creating receive buffer: ERROR P2: message size = %d DEBUG Setting first fragment: ERROR P2: sending unfragmented message. DEBUG Sending P1 response: ERROR P1: Sending fragment. P1: Total TLS message size = (%d) DEBUG DEBUG NULL request (or response) PDU or NULL context: ERROR Expecting start packet, got something else: ERROR P1: sending unfragmented message. DEBUG Protocol version mismatch: ERROR peapFragFirstProcess: TLS record size to receive = (%d) DEBUG Processing PEAP message (from frag):
ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 243 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Setting version %d DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR PEAP pkt rcvd: data len=(%d) flags=(%d) version=(%d) DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR Got PEAP/Start packet. DEBUG Indicated length not valid: ERROR Got first fragment Got fragment (n) Got last fragment Got unfragmented message Got frag ack. DEBUG Did not get Acknowledged result:
ERROR DEBUG Cannot understand AVP value: ERROR ERROR DEBUG eapExtResp is NULL: ERROR DEBUG DEBUG eapWscCtxCreate: EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. eapWscProcess: umiIoctl req to WSC failed, status = %d Ext AVP parsed: flags=(0x%x) DEBUG eapWscCheck: Invalid frame Mandatory bit not set: WARNING DEBUG eapWscBuildReq: Invalid state %d Ext AVP parsed: type=(%d) Ext AVP parsed: value=(%d) Got PEAPv0 success!
Got PEAPv0 failure!
pCtx NULL. Authenticator response check: Error DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG eapWscProcessWscResp: Invalid data recd pData = %p, dataLen Data received for invalid context, dropping it eapWscProcessWscResp: Build Request failed eapWscProcessWscResp: Invalid state
%d eapWscProcessWscResp: Message processing failed 0x%X eapWscProcessWscData: Invalid notification recd %d Authenticator response check: Failed DEBUG unable to initialize MD5 ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR MS-CHAP2 Response AVP size = %u DEBUG MDString: adpDigestInit for md5 failed ERROR Created EAP/MS-CHAP2 context: OK. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. pCtx NULL. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. Deleted EAP/MS-CHAPv2 context: OK DEBUG NULL context created: Error Not authenticated yet. DEBUG NULL context received: Error Authenticator response invalid DEBUG Authenticator ident invalid. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR EAP-MS-CHAPv2 password changed. DEBUG Success request message invalid: Error ERROR rcvd. opCode %d. pCtx NULL. DEBUG Plugin context is NULL DEBUG Deriving implicit challenge: Error TLS message len changed in the fragment, ignoring. no data to send while fragment ack received. DEBUG Generating NT response: Error DEBUG NULL in/out buffer: Error TLS handshake successful. DEBUG Incorrect vendor id. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Created EAP/TTLS context: OK DEBUG Allocating memory for outBuff: ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 244 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Deleted EAP/TTLS context: OK DEBUG AVP code not recognized No more fragments in message. ERROR Upper EAP sent us: method state = %d;
decision = %d P2: sending fragment. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. DEBUG Converting password to unicode: Error ERROR DEBUG Generating password hash: Error. ERROR P2 send unfragmented message. DEBUG Generating password hash hash: Error. ERROR P1: sending fragment. P1: sending unfragmented message.
\tTLSMsgLen = 0x%x DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Send req ptr = 0x%x; Send resp ptr = 0x%x DEBUG Generating master key: Error. Generating first 16 bytes of session key:
Error.n Generating second 16 bytes of session key: Error.n Converting password to unicode: Error ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR P2 decision=(%d); methodState=(%d) Default EAP: method state = %d; decision
= %d TTLS pkt: data len=(%d) flags=(0x%x) Got start Got first fragment (n). Got fragment (n). Got last fragment DEBUG Constructing failure response: ERROR ERROR DEBUG Error checking authenticator response. ERROR DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Error generating NT response. Username string more than 256 ASCII characters: ERROR Invalid Value-Size. Invalid MS-Length. Got (%d), expected
(%d) Error constructing response. Got unfragmented message. DEBUG Got type (%d), expecting (%d) Got frag ack. Rcvd. AVP Code-%u: flags-0x%x: len-%u:
vendorId-%u:
MOD EAP: method state from upper = %d;
decision = %d Got AVP len = %ul. Should be less than 16777215 AVP length extract: Error DEBUG Cannot handle message; opCode = %d ERROR DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG tlsGlueCtxCreate failed. client certificate must be set in the profile. received TLS message length too big. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR DEBUG total frags len > initial total TLS length. ERROR pFB is NULL Requesting message before assembly complete pFB is NULL pFB is NULL Buffer cannot hold message: ERROR pFB is NULL: Error pFB is NULL TLS_FB* is NULL. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG total frags len > initial total TLS length. total data rcvd(%d) doesnt match the initial couldnt write %d data to TLS buffer. invalid flags %s passed to eapTlsBuildResp. EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. DEBUG tlsGlueCtxCreate failed. DEBUG Context NULL: ERROR pFB->msgBuff is NULL. DEBUG Setting profile to glue layer: ERROR. Error calculating binary. DEBUG _eapCtxCreate failed. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 245 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Error calculating binary. adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG DEBUG
%d authentication not enabled in the system. Initializing inner non-EAP auth plugin:
ERROR adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG TTLS key derive: ERROR E = %d R = %d DEBUG DEBUG TTLS context from EAP plugin is NULL:
ERROR Allocating memory for TTLS Phase 2 payload: ERROR Could not initialize des-ecb DEBUG TLS Encrypting response: ERROR adpDigestInit for MD4 failed. adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG DEBUG Allocating TLS read buffer is NULL:
ERROR Inner authentication (id: %d) unhandled adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR. Error converting received auth reponse to bin. DEBUG Decrypting TLS data: ERROR Gnerating challenge hash: Error DEBUG Processing Phase 2 method: Error Generating password hash: Error DEBUG Writing message to BIO: ERROR. Generating challenge response: Error DEBUG TLS handshake: ERROR. Conn cipher name=%s ver=%s: %s DEBUG Send req ptr = 0x%x; Send resp ptr = 0x%x DEBUG Unexpected tlsGlueContinue return value. NULL request (or response) PDU or NULL context Request ptr = 0x%x;
Response ptr = 0x%x DEBUG Protocol version mismatch: ERROR DEBUG Creating receive buffer: ERROR Rcvd. AVP Code - %ul DEBUG Setting first fragment: ERROR Rcvd. AVP flags - 0x%02x DEBUG Setting fragment: ERROR Rcvd. AVP len - %ul DEBUG Setting last fragment: ERROR Rcvd. AVP vendor id - %ul DEBUG Getting message: ERROR
\tCode = %d
\tIdent = %d
\tLen = %d
\tType = %d
\tOpCode = %d
\tMSID = %d
\tmsLen = %d
\tvalSize = %d DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR DEBUG Decapsulating AVP: ERROR DEBUG Processing EAP receive: Error DEBUG AVP code not EAP: Error DEBUG Encapsulating AVP: ERROR DEBUG profile %s doesnt exist. Frag Buffer bytes left = (%d) DEBUG profile %s is in use. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 246 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Stripped username=(%s) DEBUG profile %s already exists. digestLen = %d. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed DEBUG User not found. ClearText =
CipherText =
digestLen = %d. digestLen1 = %d. digestLen2 = %d. password change is not allowed for this user completed writing the policy completed writing the SA DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG completed writing the proposal block DEBUG cmdBuf: %s X509_DEBUG : Invalid Certificate for the generated DEBUG DEBUG X590_ERROR : Failed to create File %s DEBUG x509TblHandler pCertType: %s pRowQueryStr: %s x509SelfCertTblHandler DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG EAP-MD5 not enabled in system configuration. EAP-MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system configuration. EAP-TLS not enabled in system configuration. EAP-TTLS not enabled in system configuration. EAP-PEAP not enabled in system configuration. EAP-WSC not enabled in system configuration. PAP not enabled in system configuration. CHAP not enabled in system configuration. MSCHAP not enabled in system configuration. MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system configuration. PAP/Token not enabled in system configuration. EAP-MD5 not enabled in system configuration. EAP-MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system config. EAP-TLS not enabled in system configuration. EAP-TTLS and EAP-PEAP are not valid as inner pRowQueryStr: %s DEBUG invalid innerAuth %d.
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG profile %s doesnt exist. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR umiRegister failed ERROR Re-assembling fragments incorrect size ERROR eapAuthHandler: Invalid data received ERROR Error creating cipher context. EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Error initializing cipher context. malloc failed. ERROR Error creating digest context. ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 247 Appendix D - Log Output Reference BIO_new_mem_buf failed. ERROR Error initializing digest context. malloc failed. ERROR Error initializing DES in Klite BIO_new_mem_buf failed. ERROR Error initializing MD4 in Klite SSL_CTX_new (TLSv1_client_method) failed. unable to set user configured CIPHER list
%s ERROR Error initializing RC4 in Klite ERROR Error initializing SHA in Klite Certificate verification failed. ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. Server name match failed. Got (%s) expected SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file (cert, PEM) failed. ERROR Error destroying cipher context. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file failed. ERROR Error destroying digest context. private key does not match public key ERROR Error stripping domain name. SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations failed ERROR Error cleaning digest context. SSL_new failed. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Both SSL_VERIFY_PEER and SSL_VERIFY_ NONE set: Error ERROR Challenge not present in failure packet. ERROR EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Wrong challenge length. EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Incorrect password change version value. eapTimerCreate failed. ERROR Error generating password hash. eapCtxDelete:pCtx == NULL ERROR Error generating password hash. eapRole != EAP_ROLE_PEER or EAP_ROLE_ AUTHENTICATOR ERROR Error encrypting password hash with block pEapCtx == NULL or pPDU == NULL. ERROR Could not initialize des-ecb received EAP pdu bigger than EAP_MTU_ SIZE. received EAP pdu bigger than EAP_MTU_ SIZE. ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. state machine is in invalid state. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. unable to create method context. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. method ctxCreate failed. ERROR adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. method profile set failed. ERROR X509_ERROR : .Query:%s state machine is in invalid state. ERROR X509_ERROR : Invalid Certificate for the Only StandAlone authenticator supported currently. ERROR invalid x509 certificate state machine is in invalid state. ERROR Couldnt get the x509 cert hash BuildReq operation failed ERROR Memory allocation failed No method ops defined for current method ERROR FileName too lengthy ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 248 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Process operation failed ERROR Couldnt execute command state machine is in invalid state. ERROR Memory allocation failed Packet length mismatch %d, %d ERROR Memory allocation failed eapAuthTypeToType: Invalid eapAuthType
%d ERROR invalid certificate data eapTypeToAuthType: Invalid eapType %d ERROR
.Query:%s unable to create method context. ERROR
.Query:%s method ctxCreate failed. ERROR Memory allocation failed Invalid condition, methodState = %d, respMethod = %d ERROR X509_ERROR : Failed to validate the certficate A EAP Ctx map already exists ERROR Memory allocation failed eapTimerCreate: Currently unsupported for Peer role eapTimerStart: Currently unsupported for Peer role eapTimerDestroy: Currently unsupported for Peer role eapTimerCancel: Currently unsupported for Peer role eapTimerHandler: Currently unsupported for Peer role ERROR
.Query:%s ERROR Invalid Sign Key Length : %d ERROR Invalid Hash Alg : %d ERROR Invalid Sign Alg : %d ERROR No Memory Available pCtx is NULL: ERROR ERROR Certificate Request Failed tlsGlueCtxCreate failed ERROR File Open Failed eapVars is NULL ERROR File is Empty Context NULL: ERROR ERROR Memory Allocation Failed Initializing inner EAP auth: ERROR ERROR File Open Failed pCtx is NULL: ERROR ERROR File is Empty ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Memory Allocation Failed ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 249 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Log Message Usage:%s <DBFile>
Facility: System (Admin) Severity Log Message DEBUG unable to register to UMI Could not open database: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed CPU LOG File not found DEBUG radSendtoServer: socket: %s Severity ERROR ERROR ERROR MEM LOG File not found DEBUG radSendtoServer: bind() Failed: %s: %s ERROR cpuMemUsageDBUpdateHandler: update query: %s Printing the whole list after inserting
%s at %d(minute) %d(hour)
%d(dayOfMonth) %d(month) DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG adpCmdExec exited with return code=%d DEBUG
%s op=%d row=%d sqlite3_mprintf failed DEBUG DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed: query=%s DEBUG radRecvfromServer: recvfrom() Failed:
%s radRecvfromServer: Packet too small from %s:%d: %s radCheckMsgAuth: Invalid Message-
Authenticator length in radDictLoad: couldnt open dictionary
%s: %s radBuildAndSendReq: Invalid Request Code %d radPairAssign: bad attribute value length radPairAssign: unknown attribute type
%d ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Printing the whole list after delete DEBUG radPairNew: unknown attribute %d ERROR
%s at %d(minute) %d(hour)
%d(dayOfMonth) %d(month) Printing the whole list after inserting
%s at %d(minute) %d(hour)
%d(dayOfMonth) %d(month) DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG email logs: No logging events enabled DEBUG
%s DEBUG radPairGen: Attribute(%d) has invalid length radPairValue: unknown attribute type
%d radPairValueLen: unknown attribute type %d radPairLocate: Attribute(%d) has invalid length radPairUnpackDefault: Unknown-
Attribute[%d]:
Mail sent and the Database is reset. DEBUG radConfigure: cant open %s: %s Disabled syslog server DEBUG Event logs are full, sending logs to email DEBUG Email logs sending failed Packing attribute: %s Server found: %s, secret: %s Packed Auth. Reqest: code:%d, id:%d, len:%d Sending Packet to %x:%d .... Receiving Reply Packet.... Verified Reply Packet Integrity DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Generated Reply Attribute-Value pairs DEBUG radConfigure: %s: line %d: bogus format: %s radConfAssert: No AuthServer Specified radConfAssert: No Default Timeout Specified radConfAssert: No Default Retry Count Specified radExtractMppeKey: Invalid MS-MPPE-
Key Length radVendorMessage: Invalid Length in Vendor Message radVendorMessage: Unknown Vendor ID received:%d radVendorAttrGet: Invalid Length in Vendor Message radVendorAttrGet: Unknown Vendor ID:%d radVendorMessagePack: Unknown Vendor ID:%d ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 250 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Verified Message-Authenticator DEBUG radGetIPByName: couldnt resolve hostname: %s ERROR Unloaded RADIUS Dictionary DEBUG radGetHostIP: couldnt get hostname ERROR Adding Dictionary Attribute %s DEBUG radGetHostIP: couldnt get host IP address Adding Dictionary Value %s DEBUG RADIUS dictionary loading failed Loaded Dictionary %s DEBUG Failed to set default timeout value Adding Dictionary Attribute %s DEBUG Failed to set default retries value Adding Dictionary Value %s Receiving attribute: %s DEBUG DEBUG ERROR: incomplete DB update information. old values result does not contain 2 rows Processing attribute: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Processing attribute: %s DEBUG empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERROR Processing attribute: %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR Processing attribute: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed radConfGet:
DEBUG Invalid SQLITE operation code - %d Added Server %s:%d with DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR ERROR ERROR Added Server %s:%d with DEBUG empty result. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERROR Default Timeout Set to %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Default Retry Count Set to %d DEBUG empty result. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERROR
%s - %s : %d DEBUG RADIUS Accounting Exchange Failed ERROR Deleting Server %s:%d with DEBUG Unable to set debug for radAcct. ERROR Adding RowId:%d to Server %s:%d with DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radAcct. ERROR rowIds: %d - %d DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified Deleting Server %s:%d with DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified RADIUS Deconfigured DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS Found Option %s on line %d of file %s DEBUG radEapMsgQueueAdd: Invalid EAP packet length(%d) ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Setting Option %s with value %s DEBUG radEapRecvTask: invalid EAP code:%d ERROR RADIUS Configured
%d : Server %s:%d with DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG radEapRecvTask: Packet length mismatch %d, %d No attributes received in Access-
Challenge message No State Attribute in Access-Challenge message Host IP address: %s DEBUG radEapRecvTask:
Adding Packet for existing cookie:%p DEBUG failed to initialize UMI Adding Packet and cookie:%p DEBUG umiRegister failed. errno=%d ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 251 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Releasing Packet and cookie:%p DEBUG Invalid arguments to ioctl handler Releasing Packet with cookie:%p Received EAP-Identity from Pnac: %s Filling User-Name: %s Filling State:
Filling EAP-Message:
Filling Service-Type: %d Filling Framed-MTU: %d DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG radEapSendRtn: Invalid Arguments radEapSendRtn: failed to allocate buffer umiIoctl failed DEBUG failed to initialize EAP message queue ERROR DEBUG Unable to set debug for radEap. ERROR DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radEap. ERROR DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified Received Access-Challenge from Server DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Sending Reply EAP Packet to Pnac DEBUG could not initialize MGMT framework ERROR Error sending packet to Pnac DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS RADIUS Authentication Failed;
DEBUG Unable to set debug for radEap. ERROR ERROR RADIUS Authentication Successful;
DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radEap. ERROR Got Packet with cookie:%p DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified Next DNS Retry after 1 min DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS Next Synchronization after DEBUG Invalid username or password Next Synchronization after DEBUG Unable to set debug for radAuth. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Next Synchronization after %d \
DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radAuth. ERROR Primary is not available, DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified Secondary is not available, Invalid value for use default servers, No server is configured, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS Invalid username, challenge or response Unable to set debug for radAuth. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Backing off for %d seconds DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radAuth. ERROR Requesting time from %s DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified Synchronized time with %s DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS Received KOD packet from %s DEBUG Invalid username or password No suitable server found %s DEBUG usage : %s <DB fileName>
Received Invalid Length packet from %s DEBUG ntpd : umi initialization failed Received Invalid Version packet from %s DEBUG ntpd : ntpInit failed Received Invalid Mode packet from %s Request Timed out from %s Looking Up %s DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ntpd : ntpMgmtInit failed There was an error while getting the timeZoneChangeScript. unexpected reply from %d cmd=%d !
Timezone difference :%d DEBUG cmd %d not supported. caller %d Could not open file: %s DEBUG default reached ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 252 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Could not read data from file DEBUG Unable to initialize ntpControl ERROR ntpTblHandler status: %d tz: %d DEBUG ntpMgmt : Couldnt open database %s ERROR DEBUG ERROR : incomplete DB update information ERROR DEBUG empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERROR DayLightsaving: %d DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR pNtpControl->ServerNames[PRIMARY_ SERVER]: %s pNtpControl->ServerNames[SECONDARY_ SERVER]: %s DS: %d pPriServ %s pSecServ %s DEBUG requestNtpTime: Invalid addr DEBUG failed to take lock for compId: %d ERROR ERROR DEBUG failed to convert ioctl args to buffer for ERROR DEBUG request timeout dst(%d) <-- src(%d) ERROR DEBUG failed to take lock for compId: %d Making request from %d --> %d sent request dst(%d) <-- src(%d) using option %d DEBUG DEBUG umiIoctlArgsToBuf: failed to allocate memory umiRecvFrom: could not allocate memory received request too small!(%d bytes) DEBUG adpMalloc failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Received a UMI request from %d DEBUG context with ID: %d already registered ERROR sent a reply src(%d) ---> dst(%d) umiRegister (%x,%x,%x,%x) srcId=%d(%s) --> destId=%d(%s) cmd=%d inLen=%d outLen=%d waiting for reply...Giving Up DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Failed to allocate memory for creating UMI context Failed to create recvSem for UMI context Failed to create mutex locks for UMI context Failed to create mutex recvQLock for UMI context No request in the list after semTake DEBUG Invalid arguments to umiIoctl ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR reply timeout DEBUG could not find the destination context ERROR timeout after semTake DEBUG memPartAlloc for %d size failed srcId=%d(%s) <-- destId=%d(%s) cmd=%d DEBUG memPartAlloc for %d size failed Un-registerting component with Id %d DEBUG No Handler registered for this UMI context ERROR ERROR ERROR failed to send ioctl request: dst(%d) <---
src(%d) DEBUG Couldnt find component with ID (%d), ERROR processed a reply dst(%d) <-- src(%d) DEBUG id=%d handler=%x request with no result option dst(%d) <--
src(%d) cmd = %s DEBUG DEBUG Received NULL buffer in umiBufToIoctlArgs() usbMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s cmdstring is %s %s:%d DEBUG call to printConfig failed Calling printerConfig binary ... DEBUG Failed to Disable Network Storage Calling unmount for USB ... Calling mount for USB ... DEBUG DEBUG Some error occurred while removing device Some error occurred while removing device usbdevice is %d %s:%d DEBUG Sqlite update failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 253 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Query string: %s DEBUG Failed to enable printer properly sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s
%s: 1. usb is already disconnected for old usb type.
%s: 2.call disable for new usb type !
%s: 3. usb is already disconnected for old usb type.
%s: 4. Disabled old usb type . Now DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Failed to mount device on system Failed to enable network storage device Failed to mount device on system DEBUG Sqlite update failed DEBUG USB1 Touch failed usbdevice is %d %s:%d DEBUG USB2 Touch failed USB: failed to begin transaction: %s DEBUG Sqlite update failed USB: SQL error: %s pSetString = %s USB: failed to commit transaction: %s USB: updated table: %s USB: returning with status: %s
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d executing %s status =%d DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Failed query: %s Failed to execute usb database update handler Usage:%s <DBFile> <opType>
<tblName> <rowId>
Illegal invocation of snmpConfig (%s) DEBUG Invalid Community Access Type DEBUG Invalid User Access Type executing %s DEBUG Invalid Security Level
%s returned status=%d DEBUG Invalid Authentication Algorithm
%s returned status=%d DEBUG Invalid Privacy Algorithm snmpd.conf not found DEBUG Invalid Argument DEBUG DEBUG WARN WARN WARN WARN
[SNMP_DEBUG] : Fwrite Successful
[SNMP_DEBUG] : Fwrite failed radPairGen: received unknown attribute
%d of length %d radPairGen: %s has unknown type radPairLocate: unknown attribute %ld of length %d radPairLocate: %s has unknown type Illegal invocation of cpuMemUsage (%s) cpuMemUsageDBUpdateHandler: SQL error: %s unable to open the DB file %s Failed to allocate memory for engineID
[SNMP_DEBUG]: Failed to get host address
[SNMP_DEBUG] : FOPEN failed sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Invalid Security Level ERROR Invalid Authentication Algorithm ERROR Invalid Privacy Algorithm ERROR Failed to Get Host Address umiInit failed ERROR Invalid version unable to register to UMI ERROR snmp v3 Trap Configuration Failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Error Reading from the Database. ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed query:%s ERROR short DB update event request!
ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR Failed to Open Snmp Configuration File ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 254 Appendix D - Log Output Reference adpListNodeRemove : Returned with an error ERROR Failed to write access control entries ERROR command too long. Try increasing ERROR Failed to write snmpv3 users entries ERROR failed to allocate memory for CRON_NODE ERROR Failed to write snmp trap entries sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Failed to write system entries. There was an error while reading the schedules. ERROR Failed to restart snmp unable to register to UMI ERROR
%s failed with status ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR short DB update event request!
ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR malloc(DB_UPDATE_NODE) failed ERROR
%s: Unable to open file: %s short ifDev event request!
ERROR RADVD start failed sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR RADVD stop failed no component id matching %s ERROR failed to create/open RADVD configuration file %s umiIoctl (%s, UMI_CMD_DB_UPDATE(%d)) failed. sqlite3_mprintf failed sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR Restoring old configuration.. ERROR failed to write/update RADVD configuration file ERROR upnpDisableFunc failed no component id matching %s ERROR upnpEnableFunc failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR umiIoctl (%s, UMI_CMD_IFDEV_ EVENT(%d)) failed. ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR klogctl(9) failed ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR malloc failed for %d bytes ERROR unable to open the DB file %s klogctl(4) failed ERROR umiInit failed emailLogs: Invalid Number of Arguments!!
Exiting. ERROR unable to register to UMI sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR short DB update event request!
Could not execute the smtpClient. ERROR short ifDev event request!
Error while cleaning the database.Exiting.
%s ERROR sqlite3_mprintf failed
%s failed. status=%d ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 255 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Log Message Facility: System (Firewall) Log Message Severity Enabling rule for protocol binding. DEBUG Disable all NAT rules. Disabling rule for protocol binding. DEBUG Enable all NAT rules. Enabling Remote SNMP on WAN. DEBUG Enabling NAT URL filter rules. Disabling Remote SNMP on WAN DEBUG Restarting all NAT rules. Severity DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG wan traffic counters are restared DEBUG Deleting schedule based firewall rules. DEBUG Traffic limit has been reached Traffic meter monthly limit has been changed to %d. DEBUG DEBUG Deleting schedule based firewall rules from DB. Update schedule based firewall rules in DB. DEBUG DEBUG Enabling traffic meter for only dowload. DEBUG Restart schedule based firewall rules. DEBUG Enabling traffic meter for both directions. DEBUG inter vlan routing enabled Enabling traffic meter with no limit. DEBUG inter vlan routing disabled Email alert in traffic meter disabled. DEBUG Disabling Content Filter for %d Email alert in traffic meter enabled. DEBUG Enabling Content Filter for %d Traffic Meter:Monthly limit %d MB has been Traffic Metering: Adding rule to drop all traffic DEBUG DEBUG
./src/firewall/linux/user/
firewalld.c:59:#undef ADP_DEBUG2
./src/firewall/linux/user/
firewalld.c:61:#define ADP_DEBUG2 printf Traffic Metering: %sabling Email traffic DEBUG Enabling Source MAC Filtering Disabling attack checks for IPv6 rules. DEBUG Disabling Source MAC Filtering Enabling attack checks for IPv6 rules. DEBUG Adding MAC Filter Policy for Block &
Permit Rest Configuring one to one NAT settings with
%s private start IP DEBUG Adding MAC Filter Policy for Permit &
Block Rest DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Deleting forward one to one NAT having setting %s private start Disabling attack check for Block ping to WAN interface. Disabling attack check for Stealth mode for tcp Disabling attack check for Stealth mode for udp DEBUG Restarting Source MAC Address Policy DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol Enabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 256 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Disabling attack check for TCP Flood. DEBUG Disabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed Deleting MAC Filter Policy for Address
%s DEBUG DEBUG Disabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Adding MAC Filter Policy for Address %s DEBUG Disabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rules for DMZ host DEBUG Disabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for DMZ host DEBUG Disabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Disabling attack check for IPsec. Disabling attack check for PPTP. Disabling attack check for L2TP. Enabling attack check for Block ping to WAN Enabling attack check for Stealth Mode for tcp. Enabling attack check for Stealth Mode for udp. Disabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing Disabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing Enabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing Enabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Auto Failover DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing . Enabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing . DEBUG DEBUG Enabling attack check for TCP Flood. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Auto Failover DEBUG Enabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Deleting BlockSites Keyword \
Enabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Enabling BlockSites Keyword \
Enabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Disabling BlockSites Keyword \
DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Enabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Updating BlockSites Keyword from \
DEBUG Enabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Inserting BlockSites Keyword \
Enabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Deleting Trusted Domain \
Enabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Adding Trusted Domain \
DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Enabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Restarting Schedule Based Firewall Rules DEBUG Enabling DoS attack check with %d SyncFlood detect rate, Disabling DoS attack check having %d SyncFlood detect rate, Enabling ICSA Notification Item for ICMP notification. Enabling ICSA Notification Item for Fragmented Packets. Enabling ICSA Notification Item for Multi cast Packets. Disabling ICSA Notification Item for ICMP notification. Disabling ICSA Notification Item for Fragmented Packets. Disabling ICSA Notification Item for Multi cast Packets. DEBUG Enabling Remote SNMP DEBUG Disabling Remote SNMP DEBUG Enabling Remote SNMP DEBUG Disabling DOS Attacks DEBUG Enabling DOS Attacks DEBUG Enabling DOS Attacks DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Restarting Firewall [%d]:[%d] For %s DEBUG DEBUG restartStatus = %d for LogicalIfName =
%s DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 257 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Adding IP/MAC binding rule for %s MAC address Deleting IP/MAC binding rule for %s MAC
./src/firewall/linux/user/
firewalld.c:60:#undef ADP_DEBUG
./src/firewall/linux/user/
firewalld.c:62:#define ADP_DEBUG printf Restarting traffic meter with %d mins, %d hours, Updating traffic meter with %d mins, %d hours, DEBUG Deleting Lan Group %s DEBUG Adding Lan Group %s DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Deleting lan host %s from group %s DEBUG DEBUG Adding lan host %s from group %s DEBUG DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rule for IGMP Protocol DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rule for IGMP Protocol DEBUG Deleting traffic meter. DEBUG Disabling block traffic for traffic meter. DEBUG Enabling traffic meter. Adding lan group %s. Deleting lan group %s. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Deleting IP/MAC Bind Rule for MAC address %s and IP Adding IP/MAC Bind Rule for MAC address %s and IP Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service
%s Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service
%s Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service
%s DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Renaming lan group from %s to %s. DEBUG Adding Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s DEBUG Deleting host %s from %s group. DEBUG
%s Session Settings Adding host %s to %s group. DEBUG Restarting IPv6 Firewall Rules... Enabling Keyword blocking for %s keyword. Disabling keyword Blocking for %s keyword . Deleting trusted domain with keyword
%s. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Adding %s keyword to trusted domain. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Management Access from Internet on port %d Enabling remote access management for IP address range Enabling remote access management to only this PC. Disabling Management Access from Internet on port %d Disabling remote access management for IP address range Disabling remote access management only to this PC. MAC Filtering %sabled for BLOCK and PERMIT REST. MAC Filtering %sabled for PERMIT and BLOCK REST. Deleting Port Trigger Rule for
%d:%d:%d:%d:%d Deleting Port Trigger Rule for
%d:%d:%d:%d:%d Enabling Port Trigger Rule for
%d:%d:%d:%d:%d Disabling Port Trigger Rule for
%d:%d:%d:%d:%d Enabling Port Trigger Rule for
%d:%d:%d:%d:%d Disabling Port Trigger Rule for
%d:%d:%d:%d:%d Adding Port Trigger Rule for
%d:%d:%d:%d:%d DEBUG Enabling Content Filter DEBUG Disabling Content Filter DEBUG Enabling Content Filter DEBUG Setting NAT mode for pLogicalIfName
= %s DEBUG Enabling DROP for INPUT Enabling Content Filtering. DEBUG Enabling DROP for FORWARD Disabling Content Filtering. DEBUG Enabling NAT based Firewall Rules DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 258 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. Enabling DNS proxy. Restarting DNS proxy. checking DNS proxy for Secure zone. checking DNS proxy for Public zone. Enabling Block traffic from %s zone. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Setting transparent mode for pLogicalIfName \
Enabling Accept for INPUT Enabling Accept for FORWARD Setting Routing mode for pLogicalIfName \
Enabling DROP for INPUT DEBUG Enabling DROP for FORWARD DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Disabling NAT based Firewall Rules Enabling Firewall Rules for URL Filtering
&
Adding Firewall Rule for RIP Protocol Restarting Schedule Based Firewall Rules DEBUG enabling IPS checks between %s and %s zones. disabling IPS checks between %s and
%s zones. Stopping IPS...%s DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Configuring firewall session settings for DEBUG IPS started. Disabling DMZ Disabling WAN-DMZ rules . Enabling WAN DMZ rules . Restarting DMZ rule having %s address with %s address. Enabling LAN DHCP relay. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Route already exists Route addition failed: Network Unreachable Route addition failed: Network is down DEBUG Route addition failed DEBUG Failed to add rule in iptables OneToOneNat configured successfully DEBUG OneToOneNat configuration failed Deleting scheduled IPv6 rules. delete from FirewallRules6 where ScheduleName = %s. Update FirewallRules6 where ScheduleName = %s to New Dns proxy Restart failed deleting interface to ifgroup failed adding interface to ifgroup failed deleting interface pVirtIface %s from ifgroup %d adding interface pVirtIface %s to ifgroup
%d failed Deleting IP address %s. Adding new IP address %s. Updating old IP address %s to new IP address %s. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Failed to delete rule from iptables fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Something going wrong here fwLBSpillOverConfigure: unable to get interfaceName fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Could not set PREROUTING rules fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Could not set POSTROUTING rules fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Something going wrong Here fwL2TPGenericRules.c: unable to open the database file fwL2TPGenericRules.c: inet_aton failed fwPPTPGenericRules.c: unable to open the database file fwPPTPGenericRules.c: inet_aton failed DNS proxy firewall rule add failed for %s deleting interface %s from ifgroup %d failed adding interface %s to ifgroup %d failed DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 259 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Restarting Firewall For %s Address Update from %s:%s Disabling Firewall Rule for MSS packet marking Enabling Firewall Rule for MSS packet marking Enabling packet marking rule for %s IDLE timer Deleted firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s
%s firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s Added firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: unable to get interfaceName DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: \
ERROR ERROR DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: unable to get \
ERROR DEBUG Failed to %s traffic from %s to %s to IPS. ERROR DEBUG Failed to %s traffic from %s to %s to IPS. ERROR DEBUG failed to start IPS service. DEBUG Timeout in waiting for IPS service to start. Usage:%s <DBFile> <opType>
<tblName> <rowId>
ERROR ERROR ERROR Deleting inbound(WAN-LAN) firewall rule. DEBUG Deleting inbound(WAN-DMZ) firewall rule. DEBUG xlr8NatConfig: illegal invocation of (%s) ERROR RIPng disabled. RIPng enabled. DEBUG Illegal invocation of [%s]
DEBUG xlr8NatMgmtTblHandler: failed query:
%s Disable IPv6 firewall rule. DEBUG Could not open file: %s Enable IPv6 firewall rule. DEBUG Rip Error Command Too Long Deleting IGMP proxy rule. DEBUG No authentication for Ripv1 Enable IGMP proxy rule. DEBUG Invalid Rip Direction Restarting IGMP rule. DEBUG Invalid Rip Version Traffic meter enabled with no limit type. DEBUG Invalid Password for 1st Key Traffic meter enabled for only download. DEBUG Invalid Time for 1st Key Traffic meter enabled for both directions. DEBUG Invalid Password for 2nd Key Deleted firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s
%s firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s Added firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s DEBUG Invalid Time for 2nd Key DEBUG Invalid First KeyId DEBUG Invalid Second KeyId Enabling Inter VLAN routing. DEBUG Invalid Authentication Type Updating inter VLAN routing status. DEBUG ripDisable failed Deleting inter VLAN routing. DEBUG ripEnable failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 260 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Facility: Local0 (Wireless) Log Message Severity Log Message
(node=%s) setting %s to val = %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed Custom wireless event: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed Severity ERROR ERROR Wireless event: cmd=0x%x len=%d DEBUG VAP(%s) set beacon interval failed ERROR New Rogue AP
(%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x) detected WPS session in progress, ignoring enrolle assoc request ran query %s DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG VAP(%s) set DTIM interval failed ERROR DEBUG VAP(%s) set RTS Threshold failed ERROR DEBUG VAP(%s) set Fragmentation Threshold failed ERROR DEBUG VAP(%s) set Protection Mode failed ERROR
%sing VAPs using profile %s DEBUG VAP(%s) set Tx Power failed
%sing VAP %s ran query %s DEBUG WDS Profile %s not found DEBUG Failed to initalize WPS on %s
%sing VAP instance %s DEBUG failed to get profile %s ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR VAP(%s) set Short Preamble failed DEBUG could not initialize MGMT framework ERROR VAP(%s) set Short Retry failed DEBUG could not initialize MGMT framework ERROR VAP(%s) set Long Retry failed DEBUG dot11VapBssidUpdt SQL error: %s ERROR Decrypting context with key %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Unknown IAPP command %d received. DEBUG KDOT11_GET_PARAM(IEEE80211_IOC_ CHANNEL) failed ERROR unexpected reply from %d cmd=%d !
DEBUG Failed to get the channel setting for %s ERROR unexpected reply from %d cmd=%d !
DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Recvied DOT11_EAPOL_KEYMSG DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR shutting down AP:%s DEBUG profile %s not found ERROR APCtx Found DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR APCtx Not-Found DEBUG Interface name and policy must be specified ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 261 Appendix D - Log Output Reference node not found *:*:*:%x:%x:%x DEBUG Interface name and policy must be specified error installing unicast key for %s DEBUG invalid ACL type %d cmd =%d i_type =%d i_val=%d DEBUG interface name not specified join event for new node %s DEBUG interface name not specified wpa/rsn IE id %d/%d not supported DEBUG Invalid interface - %s specified wpa IE id %d not supported DEBUG buffer length not specified leave event for node %s DEBUG Invalid length(%d) specified NodeFree request for node : %s DEBUG failed created iappdLock installing key to index %d DEBUG failed to create cipher contexts. iReq.i_val : %d pIfName : %s iReq.i_val : %d setting mode: %d DEBUG unable to register to UMI DEBUG iappSockInit() failed DEBUG DEBUG iappInit got error, unregistering it with UMI umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) failed umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) failed Global counter wrapped, re-generating... DEBUG Got PNAC_EVENT_PREAUTH_SUCCESS event for : %s DEBUG UDP failed, received Length is %d event for non-existent node %s DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11, ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR PNAC_EVENT_EAPOL_START event received PNAC_EVENT_EAPOL_LOGOFF event received DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) \
ERROR DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) \
ERROR PNAC_EVENT_REAUTH event received DEBUG No IAPP Node found for req id %d ERROR PNAC_EVENT_AUTH_SUCCESS event received PNAC_EVENT_PORT_STATUS_CHANGED event received DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) \
ERROR DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) \
ERROR unsupported event %d from PNAC DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) failed event for non-existent node %s. Create new node. DEBUG UDP socket is not created Add new node to DOT11 Node list DEBUG UDP send failed ERROR ERROR ERROR Update dot11STA database DEBUG IAPP: socket (SOCK_STREAM) failed. ERROR Add PMKSA to the list DEBUG IAPP: TCP connect failed to %s. ERROR eapolRecvAuthKeyMsg: received key message node not found DEBUG cmd %d not supported.sender=%d ERROR DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) failed ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 262 Appendix D - Log Output Reference eapolRecvKeyMsg: replay counter not incremented eapolRecvKeyMsg: replay counter is not same DEBUG IAPP-CACHE-NOTIFY-REQUEST send to ERROR DEBUG
./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1314:
ADP_ERROR (
processing pairwise key message 2 DEBUG BSSID value passed is NULL RSN IE matching: OK DEBUG reserved requestId is passed processing pairwise key message 4 DEBUG interface name is NULL processing group key message 2 DEBUG IP address value passed is NULL processing key request message from client DEBUG opening receive UDP socket failed ERROR WPA version %2x %2x not supported DEBUG
(%s) group cipher %2x doesnt match DEBUG
(%s)Pairwise cipher %s not supported DEBUG
(%s) authentication method %d not supported
%s:Auth method=%s pairwise cipher=%s IE size=%d DEBUG DEBUG enabling broadcast for UDP socket failed opening receive TCP socket for new AP failed
./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1784:
ADP_ERROR(
./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1794:
ADP_ERROR(
./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1803:
ADP_ERROR(
WPA version %2x %2x not supported DEBUG failed created dot11dLock. Unable to obtain IE of type %d DEBUG failed initialize profile library. PTK state changed from %s to %s DEBUG failed to create cipher contexts. using PMKSA from cache DEBUG unable to register to UMI PTK GK state changed from %s to %s DEBUG could not create MIB tree GK state changed from %s to %s DEBUG unable to register to PNAC Sending PTK Msg1 Sending PTK Msg3 Sending GTK Msg1 DEBUG Max registration attempts by DOT11 to PNAC exceeded DEBUG Creation of EAP WPS Profile Failed DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d ) failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR sending EAPOL pdu to PNAC... DEBUG DOT11_RX_EAPOL_KEYMSG: unknown ifname %s ERROR creating pnac authenticator with values
%d %d - %s DEBUG cmd %d not supported.sender=%d ERROR Profile %s does not exist DEBUG inteface name passed is NULL IAPP initialized. DEBUG BSSID passed is NULL Encrypting context key=%s for DEBUG inteface name passed is NULL could not find access point context for %s DEBUG unable to allocate memory for DOT11_ CTX ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR join event for existing node %s DEBUG unable to install wme mapping on %s ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 263 Appendix D - Log Output Reference failed to send PNAC_FORCE_AUTHORIZED DEBUG unable to get %s mac address failed to send PNAC_AUTHORIZED DEBUG Failed to set %s SSID failed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_AVAILABLE
(TRUE) failed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_TX_EN
(TRUE) failed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_TX_EN
(FALSE) failed to send PNAC_FORCE_AUTHORIZED failed to send PNAC_AUTHORIZED DEBUG Failed to set SSID broadcast status DEBUG Failed to set PreAuth mode DEBUG unable to install key DEBUG DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ AUTHMODE failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ PRIVACY failed mic verification: OK DEBUG wpaInit failed pnacIfConfig: Invalid supplicant DEBUG dot11InstallProfile: unable to get interface index Failed to process user request DEBUG adpHmacInit(%s) failed Failed to process user request - %s(%d) DEBUG interface %s not found pnacIfConfigUmiIoctl: umiIoctl failed DEBUG AP not found on %s pnacIfConfigUmiIoctl: usrPnac returned
%d pnacIfConfigUmiIoctl: usrPnac returned
%d pnacIfConfigUmiIoctl: usrPnac returned
%d pnacKernNotifier: invalid PAE configuration From pnacEapDemoAuthRecv:
unsupported response From pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: invalid codes received From pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: received unknown From pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: invalid codes received Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv:
malloc failed From pnacRadXlateRadPktHandle:
received a non-supported Only md5 authentication scheme currently supported. DEBUG keyLen > PNAC_KEY_MAX_SIZE DEBUG Invalid profile name passed DEBUG Creation of WPS EAP Profile failed DEBUG unsupported command %d DEBUG device %s not found DEBUG unsupported command %d DEBUG dot11NodeAlloc failed DEBUG Getting WPA IE failed for %s DEBUG Getting WPS IE failed for %s DEBUG DEBUG Failed initialize authenticator for node
%s Failed to get the system up time while adding node %s ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Message from authenticator:
DEBUG error creating PNAC port for node %s ERROR from pnacPDUXmit: bufsize = %d, pktType
= %d, pnacPDUXmit: sending eap packet. code
= %d, pnacRecvRtn: no corresponding pnac port pae found DEBUG dot11NodeAlloc failed DEBUG Invalid arguments. ERROR ERROR DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d) failed ERROR sending unicast key DEBUG Invalid IE. sending broadcast key from pnacAuthPAEDisconnected: calling pnacTxCannedFail from pnacAuthPAEForceUnauth: calling pnacTxCannedFail DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11_VAP,%d
) failed umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d ,%d) failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WME_CWMIN failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 264 Appendix D - Log Output Reference state changed from %s to %s PNAC user comp id not set. dropping event %d sending event %d to %d DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG requesting keys informantion from %d DEBUG pnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: error in getting port pae pnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: invalid param
- %d pnacRecvASInfoMessage: Skey of length
%d set pnacRecvASInfoMessage: reAuthPeriod set to: %d pnacRecvASInfoMessage: suppTimeout set to: %d PORT SUCCESSFULLY DESTROYED creating physical port for %s pnacAuthInit: using defualt pnacAuthParams pnacSuppInit: using defualt pnacSuppParams Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:
KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WME_CWMAX failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WME_AIFS failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:80211_IOC_ WME_TXOPLIMIT failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WME_ACM failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WME failed DEBUG DEBUG invalid group cipher %d DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ MCASTCIPHER failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ MCASTKEYLEN failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ UCASTCIPHERS failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ KEYMGTALGS failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WPA failed DEBUG unknow cipher type = %d DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d) failed ERROR DEBUG invalid media value=%d DEBUG invalid mediaOpt value=%d DEBUG invalid mode value=%d DEBUG dot11PnacIfCreate failed DEBUG wpaPRF failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR DEBUG Error generating global key counter ERROR DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG wpaCalcMic: unsupported key descriptor version integrity failed. need to stop all stations couldnt find AP context for %s interface ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR received a pdu on %s DEBUG dot11Malloc failed pnacRecvMapi: protoType: %04x pPhyPort->authToASSendRtn:%p port not found from pnacRecvMapi: pkt body len = %d, pktType = %d from pnacPDUProcess: received PNAC_ EAP_PACKET DEBUG dot11Malloc failed DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG eapolRecvKeyMsg: unknown descType
=%d eapolRecvKeyMsg: invalid descriptor version eapolRecvKeyMsg: incorrect descriptor version from pnacPDUProcess: currentId = %d DEBUG eapolRecvKeyMsg: Ack must not be set ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 265 Appendix D - Log Output Reference from pnacPDUProcess: code = %d, identifier = %d, DEBUG eapolRecvKeyMsg: MIC bit must be set ERROR from pnacPDUProcess: setting rxResp true DEBUG from pnacPDUProcess: code = %d, identifier = %d, DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: unexpected packet received wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: mic check failed ERROR ERROR from pnacPDUProcess: received DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: rsn ie mismatch ERROR from pnacPDUProcess: received from pnacPDUProcess: received PNAC_ EAPOL_KEY_PACKET doing pnacTxCannedFail doing pnacTxCannedSuccess doing pnacTxReqId doing pnacTxReq doing pnacTxStart doing pnacTxLogoff doing pnacTxRspId: 1st cond DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: unexpected packet received wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: keyDataLength not zero wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: mic check failed wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: unexpected packet received DEBUG secureBit not set in GTK Msg2 DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: keyDataLength not zero wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: mic check failed wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: unexpected packet received wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: keyDataLength not zero ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR doing pnacTxRspId: entering 2nd cond DEBUG wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: mic check failed ERROR from pnacTxRspId: code = %d, identifier =
%d, length = %d, DEBUG invalid OUI %x %x %x doing pnacTxRspId: 2nd cond DEBUG
(%s) invalid OUI %x %x %x doing pnacTxRspAuth: 1st cond DEBUG
[%s:%d] Cipher in WPA IE : %x doing pnacTxRspAuth: 2nd cond DEBUG
(%s) invalid OUI %x %x %x ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR message for unknown port PAE DEBUG short WPA IE (length = %d) received ERROR from pnacACToSuppRecvRtn: calling pnacEapPktRecord from pnacEapPktRecord: code = %d, identifier = %d, from pnacEapPktRecord: received success pkt from pnacEapPktRecord: received failure pkt from pnacEapPktRecord: received request pkt DEBUG PTK state machine in unknown state. ERROR DEBUG dot11InstallKeys failed DEBUG group state machine entered into WPA_ AUTH_GTK_INIT DEBUG dot11Malloc failed DEBUG dot11Malloc failed unknown EAP-code %d DEBUG dot11Malloc failed Authenticator[%d]:
Auth PAE state = %s DEBUG aesWrap failed DEBUG unknown key descriptor version %d ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Auth Reauth state = %s DEBUG dot11Malloc failed Back auth state = %s DEBUG could not initialize AES128ECB ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 266 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Supplicant[%d]:
DEBUG could not initialize AES-128-ECB ERROR Supp Pae state = %s DEBUG MD5 initialization failed ERROR from pnacBackAuthFail: calling pnacTxCannedFail DEBUG RC4 framework initialization failed ERROR
%s returned ERROR DEBUG PNAC framework initialization failed ERROR pnacUmiIoctlHandler: cmd: %s(%d) DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR
%s not configured for 802.1x DEBUG ERROR: -u can be used only with -s ERROR could not process PDU received from the wire pnacPDUForward: failed to foward the received PDU Creating PHY port with AUTH backend :
%s SendRtn: %p RecvRtn:%p pnacUmiAuthConfig: %s not configured for 802.1x DEBUG ERROR: user-name not specified ERROR DEBUG failed to enable debug ERROR DEBUG
[%s]: failed to convert string to MAC ERROR DEBUG failed to initialize UMI pnacSuppRegisterUserInfo: not a valid AC DEBUG pnacIfConfig: autoAuth Enabled pnacSendRtn: no pnac port pae found for DEBUG DEBUG sending portStatus: %s[%d] to dot11 DEBUG pnacPhyPortParamSet:invalid arguments pnacPhyPortParamSet:Failed to create socket Error from pnacPhyPortParamSet:%s-
device invalid Error from pnacPhyPortParamSet:%s-
Getting MAC address pnacRecvASInfoMessage: Rkey of length
%d set DEBUG pnacPhyPortParamSet:Failed to add 802.1X multicast ASSendRtn: %p ASToAuthRecv: %p DEBUG pnacIsInterfaceUp: failed to create a raw socket adpRand failed:unable to generate random unicast key WARN pnacIsInterfaceUp: failed to get interface flags using group key as unicast key WARN failed to allocate buffer Integrity check failed more than once in last 60 secs. MIC failed twice in last 60 secs, taking countermeasures WARN UMI initialization failed WARN UMI initialization failed Failed to set dot11 port status PTK state machine in NO_STATE. PTK state machine in NO_STATE!!
WARN WARN WARN Error from pnacEapDemoAuthLibInit:
malloc failed Error from pnacEapDemoAuthRecv:
received null EAP pkt Error from pnacEapDemoAuthRecv:
send ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 267 Appendix D - Log Output Reference PMKSA refcount not 1 WARN Error from pnacRadXlateASAdd: cannot open socket IV verification failednknown subtype>
WARN Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv:
received null EAP pkt ERROR ERROR pnacIfConfig: overwriting previous interface WARN From pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: send ERROR pnacIfConfig: overwriting previous WARN pnacIfConfig: overwriting previous username pnacIfConfig: overwriting previous password
%s: Failed to set port status
%s: Failed to notify event to dot11 pnacLibDeinit: Failed to destroy the phyPort:%s pnacPortPaeDeconfig:kpnacPortPaeDeco nfig failed pnacPortPaeDeconfig:kpnacPortPaeDeco nfig failed pnacBackAuthSuccess: failed to notify the destination WARN WARN WARN WARN WARN WARN WARN WARN could not initialize MGMT framework ERROR umiInit failed iappInit failed could not initialize IAPP MGMT. dot11Malloc failed buffer length not specified ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv:
RADIUS Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv:
RADIUS Error from pnacRadXlateRadIdRespSend: send to failed Error from pnacRadXlateRadNonIdRespSend: send to failed Error from pnacRadXlateRadRecvProc:
recvfrom failed From pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk:
no corresponding Error from pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk: no message Error from pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk:
From pnacRadXlateRadChalPktHandle:
no encapsulated eap Error from pnacRadXlateRadChalPktHandle:
malloc for eap Error from pnacEapDemoSuppUserInfoRegister:
invalid Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv:
received null EAP pkt Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv:
send ptr to pnac supplicant From pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: user info not entered yet Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv:
couldnt ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Invalid length(%d) specified ERROR MDString: adpDigestInit for md5 failed ERROR Failed to get information about authorized AP list. ERROR pnacUmiInit: UMI initialization failed ERROR Recd IE data for non-existent AP %s ERROR could not start PNAC task Recd IE data for wrong AP %s ERROR invalid aruments Received Invalid IE data from WSC ERROR pnacIfNameToIndex failed ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 268 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Recd IE data for non-existent AP %s Recd WSC Start command without interface name Recd WSC start for non-existent AP %s Recd WSC start for wrong AP %s Unable to send WSC_WLAN_CMD_PORT to WSC Failed to get the ap context for %s WPS can only be applied to WPA/WPA2 security profiles wpsEnable: running wsccmd failed Failed to get the ap context for %s WPS conf. under non WPA/WPA2 security setting Failed to reset the Beacon Frame IE in the driver Failed to reset the Beacon Frame IE in the driver WPS method cannot be NULL PIN value length should be a multiple of 4 !!
Failed to initiate PIN based association, PIN = %s Failed to initiate PBC based enrolle association Invalid association mode. (Allowed modes
: PIN/PBC) wpsEnable: running wsccmd failed Failed to send QUIT command to WSC from DOT11 Failed to clear off the WPS process missing profile name A profile exists with the same name ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR pnacPhyPortParamSet: device invalid
%s%d pnacPhyPortParamSet: EIOCGADDR ioctl failed pnacPhyPortParamSet: multicast addr add ioctl failed pnacPhyPortParamUnset: multicast addr del ioctl failed pnacPDUXmit: Invalid arguments pnacPDUXmit: failed to get M_BLK_ID from pnacIsInterfaceUp: device %s%d invalid pnacRecvRtn: dropping received packet as port is pnacSendRtn: Invalid arguments pnacSendRtn: no physical port corresponding to pnacSendRtn: dropping packet as port pnacAuthBuildRC4KeyDesc:
adpEncryptInit(RC4) failed pnacAuthBuildRC4KeyDesc:
adpCipherContextCtrl pnacDot11UserSet: incorrect buffer length PNAC user component id not set. pnacKeyInfoGet:failed to allocate buffer PNAC user comp id not set. dropping EAPOL key pkt pnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: invalid buffer received Error from pnacRecvASInfoMessage:
pnacRecvASInfoMessage:
pnacRecvASInfoMessage: Bad info length Error from pnacLibInit: malloc failed Error in allocating memory for profile ERROR could not create phy ports lock missing profile name ERROR could not create nodes ports lock missing profile name Profile name and interface name must be specified Profile %s does not exist Could not set profile %s on the interface
%s missing profile name Profile %s does not exist Profile %s does not exist SSID should not be longer than %d Profile %s does not exist ERROR port exists for iface - %s ERROR pnacPhyPortCreate failed ERROR kpnacPhyPortCreate failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR invalid argument pnacAuthConfig: maxAuth limit reached pnacAuthConfig: malloc failed Error from pnacAuthConfig: pAsArg cannot be NULL Error from pnacAuthConfig: receive routine hook pnacAuthConfig: pnacAuthInit failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 269 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Profile %s does not exist ERROR kpnacPortPaeConfig failed Profile %s does not exist ERROR Invalid arguments Profile %s does not exist Profile %s does not exist Profile %s does not exist SSID not set. SSID is needed to generate password hash Password string too big dot11Malloc failed Profile %s does not exist ERROR ERROR ERROR Error from pnacSuppConfig: malloc failed Error from pnacSuppConfig: receive routine hook Error from pnacSuppConfig:
pnacSuppInit failed ERROR kpnacPortPaeConfig failed ERROR ERROR ERROR pnacAuthDeconfig failed: pPortPae NULL Error from pnacPhyPortDestroy: port not configured pnacPhyPortDestroy: Failed to deconfigure port Hex string should only have %d hex chars ERROR pnacPhyPortParamUnset FAILED dot11Malloc failed Profile %s does not exist invalid key index %d. key index should be 0-3. wepKey length incorrect Profile %s does not exist Invalid Cipher type %d Profile supports WEP stas,Group cipher must be WEP Profile %s does not exist Profile %s does not exist Profile %s does not exist ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Error from pnacPhyPortCreate: malloc failed Error from pnacPhyPortCreate:
pnacPhyPortParamSet error from pnacPhyPortCreate: malloc failed Error from pnacAuthInit:
pnacPortTimersInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit:
pnacAuthPAEInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit:
pnacAuthKeyTxInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit:
pnacReauthTimerInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit:
pnacBackAuthInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacCtrlDirInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit:
pnacKeyRecvInit failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR invalid pairwise cipher type %d ERROR Error from pnacSuppInit: malloc failed ERROR Cipher %s is already in the list. Profile %s does not exist Invalid Cipher type %d Cipher %s not found in the list. Profile %s does not exist Profile %s does not exist ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Error from pnacSuppInit:
pnacPortTimersInit failed Error from pnacSuppInit:
pnacKeyRecvInit failed Error from pnacSuppInit:
pnacSuppKeyTxInit failed Error from pnacSuppInit:
pnacSuppPAEInit failed Error from pnacRecvRtn: invalid arguments Error from pnacRecvMapi: unsupported PDU received ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Auth method %s is already in the list ERROR suppToACSendRtn returned not OK!
ERROR Profile %s does not exist Auth method %s not found in the list. Profile %s does not exist ERROR ERROR ERROR Error from pnacBasicPktCreate: malloc failed Error from pnacEAPPktCreate: basic pkt create failed Error from pnacTxCannedFail: eap pkt create failed ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 270 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Profile %s does not exist Profile %s does not exist invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 Profile %s does not exist invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 Profile %s does not exist invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 Profile %s does not exist invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 Profile %s does not exist invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 Profile %s does not exist ERROR: incomplete DB update information. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Error from pnacTxCannedSuccess: eap pkt create failed Error from pnacTxReqId: eap pkt create failed Error from pnacTxReq: eap pkt create failed Error from pnacSendRespToServer:
malloc failed Error from pnacSendRespToServer: no AS configured Error from pnacTxStart: basic pkt create failed Error from pnacTxStart: basic pkt create failed Error from pnacTxRspId: eap pkt create failed Error from pnacTxRspAuth: eap pkt create failed Error from pnacEapPktRecord: EAP packet too ERROR Error from pnacEapPktRecord:
ERROR ERROR from pnacBackAuthTimeout: calling pnacTxCannedFail hmac_md5: adpHmacContextCreate failed old values result does not contain 2 rows ERROR hmac_md5:adpHmacInit failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacUmiIoctlHandler: invalid cmd: %d ERROR Error in executing DB update handler sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR: incomplete DB update information. ERROR ERROR pnacEapRadAuthSend: Invalid arguments pnacEapRadAuthSend: failed to allocate inbuffer ERROR pnacXmit : umiIoctl failed[%d]
old values result does not contain 2 rows ERROR pnacPDUForward: Invalid input sqlite3QueryResGet failed Error in executing DB update handler sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s startStopVap failed to stop %s Invalid SQLITE operation code - %d
./src/dot11/mgmt/dot11Mgmt.c:1177:
ADP_ERROR (
only delete event expected on dot11RogueAP. sqlite3QueryResGet failed unhandled database operation %d ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR pnacPDUForward: error in getting port pae information pnacPDUForward: error allocating memory pnacUmiIfMacAddrChange: %s not configured for 802.1x pnacUmiIfMacAddrChange: could not process PDU received pnacUmiPhyPortConfig: Invalid config data pnacUmiPhyPortConfig: Invalid backend name specified pnacUmiPhyPortConfig: could not create PNAC physical pnacUmiAuthConfig: Invalid config data pnacUmiAuthConfig: Invalid backend name specified ERROR unable to create new EAP context. ERROR ERROR unable to apply %s profile on the EAP context. pnacUmiAuthConfig: could not configure PNAC PAE ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 271 Appendix D - Log Output Reference sqlite3QueryResGet failed failed to configure WPS on %s sqlite3QueryResGet failed sqlite3QueryResGet failed sqlite3QueryResGet failed sqlite3QueryResGet failed sqlite3QueryResGet failed no VAP rows returned. expected one ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR multiple VAP rows returned. expected one ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR invalid query result. ncols=%d nrows=%d ERROR
%s:VAP(%s) create failed sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR ERROR invalid query result. ncols=%d nrows=%d ERROR pnacUmiSuppConfig: Invalid config data pnacUmiSuppConfig: Invalid backend name specified pnacUmiSuppConfig: %s not configured for 802.1x pnacUmiSuppConfig: could not PNAC port Access pnacUmiSuppConfig: Failed to register user information pnacPortByMacDeconfig: port not found pnacPortByMacDeconfig: port not found pnacUmiIfDown: Invalid config data pnacUmiIfDown: Invalid config data Error from pnacPortDeconfig: port not configured pnacUmiIfDown: could not de-
configure port pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Invalid config data pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Invalid config data pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Failed to destroy the port Invalid config data ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Facility: Kernel Log Message Severity Log Message DNAT: multiple ranges no longer supported DEBUG
%s: %s%s:%d -> %s:%d %s, DNAT: Target size %u wrong for %u ranges, DEBUG
%s: %s%s:%d %s, DNAT: wrong table %s, tablename DNAT: hook mask 0x%x bad, hook_mask DEBUG DEBUG
%s: Failed to add WDS MAC: %s, dev-
>name,
%s: Device already has WDS mac address attached, Severity DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s%d: resetting MPPC/MPPE compressor, DEBUG
%s: Added WDS MAC: %s, dev->name, DEBUG
%s%d: wrong offset value: %d,
%s%d: wrong length of match value: %d, DEBUG DEBUG
%s: WDS MAC address %s is not known by this interface,
[madwifi] %s() : Not enough space., __FUNCTION__ DEBUG DEBUG
%s%d: too big offset value: %d, DEBUG Returning to chan %d, ieeeChan DEBUG
%s%d: cannot decode offset value, DEBUG WEP
%s%d: wrong length code: 0x%X, DEBUG AES
%s%d: short packet (len=%d), __FUNCTION__, DEBUG AES_CCM
%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG CKIP DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 272 Appendix D - Log Output Reference
%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG TKIP PPPIOCDETACH file->f_count=%d, DEBUG
%s: cannot map channel to mode; freq
%u flags 0x%x, PPP: outbound frame not passed DEBUG
%s: %s, vap->iv_dev->name, buf PPP: VJ decompression error DEBUG
%s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, PPP: inbound frame not passed PPP: reconstructed packet PPP: no memory for missed pkts %u..%u,
%s%d: resetting MPPC/MPPE compressor,
%s%d: wrong offset value: %d,
%s%d: wrong length of match value: %d, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, ether_sprintf(mac), buf
[%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap-
>iv_dev->name,
[%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_ dev->name,
[%s:%s] discard %s information element, %s,
[%s:%s] discard information element,
%s,
[%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap-
>iv_dev->name,
[%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_ dev->name,
%s%d: too big offset value: %d, DEBUG ifmedia_add: null ifm
%s%d: cannot decode offset value, DEBUG Adding entry for DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s%d: wrong length code: 0x%X, DEBUG ifmedia_set: no match for 0x%x/0x%x, DEBUG
%s%d: short packet (len=%d), __FUNCTION__, DEBUG ifmedia_set: target
%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG ifmedia_set: setting to
%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG PPPIOCDETACH file->f_count=%d, DEBUG ifmedia_ioctl: no media found for 0x%x, ifmedia_ioctl: switching %s to , dev-
>name DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG PPP: outbound frame not passed DEBUG ifmedia_match: multiple match for DEBUG PPP: VJ decompression error DEBUG
<unknown type>
PPP: inbound frame not passed DEBUG desc->ifmt_string PPP: reconstructed packet DEBUG mode %s, desc->ifmt_string PPP: no memory for missed pkts %u..%u,
%s: INC_USE_COUNT, now %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count \
%s: DEC_USE_COUNT, now %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count \
DEBUG
<unknown subtype>
DEBUG
%s, desc->ifmt_string DEBUG
%s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUG
%s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , PPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, DEBUG
%s, seen_option ? > :
PPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG
%s: %s, dev->name, buf PPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION__)
%s: recv: , tunnel->name
%s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__
%s: no memory for VAP name!, __func__
%s: failed to register sysctls!, vap-
>iv_dev->name DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 273 Appendix D - Log Output Reference
%s: xmit:, session->name
%s: module use_count is %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count PPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, PPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION__) PPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION__)
%s: recv: , tunnel->name
%s: xmit:, session->name
%s: xmit:, session->name PPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, PPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION__) PPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION__)
%s: recv: , tunnel->name
%s: xmit:, session->name
%s: xmit:, session->name IRQ 31 is triggered
[%s:%d] , __func__, __LINE__\
\t[R%s %#0x %#0x 0x%08x%08x], (status ==
ERROR ? # : ), page, addr, (uint32_t)(*pValue >>
32), (uint32_t)(*pValue & 0xffffffff)
\t[W%s %#0x %#0x 0x%08x%08x], (status ==
ERROR ? # : ), page, addr, (uint32_t)(value >> 32),
(uint32_t)(value & 0xffffffff)
%s: mac_add
%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev-
>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]
%s: mac_del
%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev-
>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]
%s: mac_kick
%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev-
>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]
%s: mac_undefined
%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev-
>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]
%s: addr_add
%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev-
>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]
%s: addr_del
%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev-
>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]
%s: mac_undefined
%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev-
>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]
DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s: no memory for new proc entry
(%s)!, __func__,
%s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, len
%03d:, i
%02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i]
first difference at byte %u, i
%s: , t->name DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed DEBUG FAIL: unable to allocate skbuff FAIL: wep decap failed FAIL: decap botch; length mismatch FAIL: decap botch; data does not compare FAIL: wep encap failed FAIL: encap data length mismatch DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG FAIL: encrypt data does not compare DEBUG PASS
%u of %u 802.11i WEP test vectors passed, pass, total DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, len DEBUG DEBUG
%03d:, i DEBUG DEBUG
%02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i]
DEBUG DEBUG first difference at byte %u, i DEBUG DEBUG
%s: , t->name DEBUG DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUG DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed DEBUG DEBUG FAIL: unable to allocate skbuff DEBUG
%s: set_float %d;%d, DEBUG FAIL: ccmp encap failed DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 274 Appendix D - Log Output Reference IRQ 32 is triggered DEBUG FAIL: encap data length mismatch DEBUG ip_finish_output2: No header cache and no neighbour!
DEBUG FAIL: encrypt data does not compare DEBUG a guy asks for address mask. Who is it?
DEBUG FAIL: ccmp decap failed DEBUG icmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; length mismatch DEBUG expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; data does not compare expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG PASS rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG
%u of %u 802.11i AES-CCMP test vectors passed, pass, total rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG
%s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, len ip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG
%03d:, i ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG
%02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i]
udp cork app bug 2) udp cork app bug 3) DEBUG first difference at byte %u, i DEBUG ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed udp v4 hw csum failure.) DEBUG ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed UDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u
%d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u:%u, UDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to
%d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d, DEBUG unable to allocate skbuff DEBUG tkip enmic failed
%s: lookup policy [list] found=%s, DEBUG enmic botch; length mismatch
%s: called: [output START], __FUNCTION__ DEBUG enmic botch
%s: flow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_dst, family)
%s: flow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_src, family)
%s: flow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_dst, family)
%s: flow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_src, family) DEBUG tkip encap failed DEBUG encrypt phase1 botch DEBUG encrypt data length mismatch DEBUG encrypt data does not compare a guy asks for address mask. Who is it?
DEBUG tkip decap failed icmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG decrypt phase1 botch expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG decrypt data does not compare expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG decap botch; length mismatch DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG decap botch; data does not compare DEBUG rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG tkip demic failed ip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG 802.11i TKIP test vectors passed ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG
%s, buf UDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u
%d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u:%u, DEBUG Atheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line
%u: %s, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 275 Appendix D - Log Output Reference UDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to
%d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d, DEBUG ath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_ logfile, a guy asks for address mask. Who is it?
DEBUG ath_hal: logging disabled DEBUG DEBUG fib_add_ifaddr: bug: prim == NULL DEBUG
%s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i]
DEBUG fib_del_ifaddr: bug: prim == NULL DEBUG ath_pci: No devices found, driver not installed. expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s: Warning, using only %u entries in
%u key cache,
%s: TX99 support enabled, dev-
>name
%s:grppoll Buf allocation failed
,__func__ DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG
%s: %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG
%s: %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG
%s: lookup policy [list] found=%s, DEBUG
%s: no skbuff, __func__
%s: called: [output START], __FUNCTION__ DEBUG
%s: flow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_dst, family)
%s: flow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_src, family)
%s: flow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_dst, family)
%s: flow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_src, family) DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s: hardware error; resetting, dev-
>name
%s: rx FIFO overrun; resetting, dev-
>name
%s: unable to reset hardware: %s
(HAL status %u)
%s: unable to start recv logic, dev-
>name
%s: %s: unable to reset hardware: %s
(HAL status %u), DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG a guy asks for address mask. Who is it?
DEBUG
%s: %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG icmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG ath_mgtstart: discard, no xmit buf DEBUG expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG
%s: [%02u] %-7s , tag, ix, ciphers[hk-
>kv_type]
expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG
%02x, hk->kv_val[i]
rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG mac %s, ether_sprintf(mac) DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG
%s , sc->sc_splitmic ? mic : rxmic DEBUG ip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG
%02x, hk->kv_mic[i]
DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 276 Appendix D - Log Output Reference ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG txmic UDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u
%d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u:%u, DEBUG
%02x, hk->kv_txmic[i]
UDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to
%d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d, DEBUG
%s: unable to update h/w beacon queue parameters, REJECT: ECHOREPLY no longer supported. DEBUG
%s: stuck beacon; resetting (bmiss count %u), DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ipt_rpc: only valid for PRE_ROUTING, FORWARD, POST_ROUTING, LOCAL_IN and/or LOCAL_OUT targets. ip_nat_init: cant setup rules. DEBUG move data from NORMAL to XR DEBUG DEBUG moved %d buffers from NORMAL to XR, index DEBUG ip_nat_init: cant register in hook. DEBUG move buffers from XR to NORMAL DEBUG ip_nat_init: cant register out hook. ip_nat_init: cant register adjust in hook. DEBUG DEBUG ip_nat_init: cant register adjust out hook. DEBUG ip_nat_init: cant register local out hook. ip_nat_init: cant register local in hook. ipt_hook: happy cracking. ip_conntrack: cant register pre-routing defrag hook. ip_conntrack: cant register local_out defrag hook. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG moved %d buffers from XR to NORMAL, count
%s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__
%s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__
%s: no buffer (%s), dev->name, __func__
%s: no skbuff (%s), dev->name, __func__
%s: HAL qnum %u out of range, max
%u!, grppoll_start: grppoll Buf allocation failed
%s: HAL qnum %u out of range, max
%u!, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ip_conntrack: cant register pre-routing hook. DEBUG
%s: AC %u out of range, max %u!, DEBUG ip_conntrack: cant register local out hook. DEBUG
%s: unable to update hardware queue DEBUG ip_conntrack: cant register local in helper hook. DEBUG
%s: bogus frame type 0x%x (%s), dev-
>name, DEBUG ip_conntrack: cant register postrouting helper hook. DEBUG ath_stoprecv: rx queue 0x%x, link %p, DEBUG ip_conntrack: cant register post-routing hook. DEBUG
%s: %s: unable to reset channel %u
(%u MHz) DEBUG ip_conntrack: cant register local in hook. DEBUG
%s: %s: unable to restart recv logic, DEBUG ip_conntrack: cant register to sysctl. ip_conntrack_rtsp v IP_NF_RTSP_VERSION loading DEBUG DEBUG
%s: unable to allocate channel table, dev->name
%s: unable to allocate channel table, dev->name DEBUG DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 277 Appendix D - Log Output Reference ip_conntrack_rtsp: max_outstanding must be a positive integer ip_conntrack_rtsp: setup_timeout must be a positive integer ip_conntrack_rtsp: ERROR registering port %d, ports[i]
DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ip_nat_rtsp v IP_NF_RTSP_VERSION loading DEBUG
%s: Sorry! Cannot find this match option., __ FILE__ ipt_time loading ipt_time unloaded ip_conntrack_irc: max_dcc_channels must be a positive integer DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ip_conntrack_irc: ERROR registering port %d, DEBUG ip_nat_h323: ip_nat_mangle_tcp_packet DEBUG
%s: unable to collect channel list from HAL;
R (%p %llx) %08x %08x %08x %08x
%08x %08x %c, T (%p %llx) %08x %08x %08x %08x
%08x %08x %08x %08x %c,
%s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__
%s: no memory for device name storage!, __func__
%s: failed to register sysctls!, sc->sc_ dev->name
%s: mac %d.%d phy %d.%d, dev-
>name, 5 GHz radio %d.%d 2 GHz radio
%d.%d, radio %d.%d, ah->ah_analog5GhzRev
>> 4, radio %d.%d, ah->ah_analog5GhzRev
>> 4, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ip_nat_h323: ip_nat_mangle_udp_packet DEBUG
%s: Use hw queue %u for %s traffic, DEBUG ip_nat_h323: out of expectations ip_nat_h323: out of RTP ports ip_nat_h323: out of TCP ports ip_nat_q931: out of TCP ports ip_nat_ras: out of TCP ports DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s: Use hw queue %u for CAB traffic, dev->name,
%s: Use hw queue %u for beacons, dev->name, Could not find Board Configuration Data Could not find Radio Configuration data ath_ahb: No devices found, driver not installed. ip_nat_q931: out of TCP ports DEBUG _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ ip_conntrack_core: Frag of proto %u., DEBUG _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ Broadcast packet!
Should bcast: %u.%u.%u.%u->%u.%u.%u.%u
(sk=%p, ptype=%u), DEBUG DEBUG ip_conntrack version %s (%u buckets, %d max) DEBUG xlr8NatIpFinishOutput: Err.. skb2 ==
NULL !
xlr8NatSoftCtxEnqueue: Calling xlr8NatIpFinishOutput () .., status xlr8NatSoftCtxEnqueue:
xlr8NatIpFinishOutput () returned
[%d], status DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ERROR registering port %d, DEBUG icmpExceptionHandler: Exception!
DEBUG netfilter PSD loaded - (c) astaro AG DEBUG fragExceptionHandler: Exception!
DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 278 Appendix D - Log Output Reference netfilter PSD unloaded - (c) astaro AG DEBUG algExceptionHandler: Exception!
DEBUG FRAG:%u , ntohs(ih->frag_off) & IP_OFFSET DEBUG
%s , SELF
%s , LAN
%s , WAN TRUNCATED SRC=%u.%u.%u.%u DST=%u.%u.%u.%u , LEN=%u TOS=0x%02X PREC=0x%02X TTL=%u ID=%u , TRUNCATED PROTO=TCP INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , SPT=%u DPT=%u , SEQ=%u ACK=%u , WINDOW=%u , ntohs(th->window) RES=0x%02x , (u8)(ntohl(tcp_flag_word(th) &
TCP_RESERVED_BITS) >> 22) DEBUG dnsExceptionHandler: Exception!
DEBUG DEBUG IPsecExceptionHandler: Exception!
DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ESP Packet Src:%x Dest:%x Sport:%d dport:%d secure:%d spi:%d isr:%p, xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: We found the valid context, xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: Not a secured packet. xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: isr=[%p], pIsr xlr8NatConntrackPreHook:
secure=[%d], secure Context found for ESP %p,pFlowEntry-
>post.pIsr[0]
xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: New connection. xlr8NatConntrackPostHook:
postSecure=[%d] postIsr=[%p %p], proto %d spi %d <-------> proto %d spi
%d,pPktInfo->proto,pPktInfo->spi, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG IPSEC_INF Clock skew detected DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: Max (%d) No of SA Limit reached, IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: Max (%d) No of SA Limit reached, DEBUG DEBUG URGP=%u , ntohs(th->urg_ptr) DEBUG IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: time(secs): %u DEBUG TRUNCATED
%02X, op[i]
PROTO=UDP INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , SPT=%u DPT=%u LEN=%u , SPT=%u DPT=%u LEN=%u , DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table PROTO=ICMP DEBUG unknown oid %s, varName INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG could not find oid pointer for %s, varName TYPE=%u CODE=%u , ich->type, ich->code DEBUG unRegistering IPsecMib ..... INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , ID=%u SEQ=%u , DEBUG DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 279 Appendix D - Log Output Reference PARAMETER=%u , GATEWAY=%u.%u.%u.%u , MTU=%u , ntohs(ich->un.frag.mtu) PROTO=AH INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , SPI=0x%x , ntohl(ah->spi) PROTO=ESP INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , SPI=0x%x , ntohl(eh->spi) PROTO=%u , ih->protocol UID=%u , skb->sk->sk_socket->file->f_uid
<%d>%sIN=%s OUT=%s , loginfo->u.log.level, level_string
%sIN=%s OUT=%s ,
%s , prefix == NULL ? loginfo->prefix : prefix IN=
OUT=
PHYSIN=%s , physindev->name PHYSOUT=%s , physoutdev->name MAC=
%02x%c, *p, NAT: no longer support implicit source local NAT NAT: packet src %u.%u.%u.%u -> dst
%u.%u.%u.%u, SNAT: multiple ranges no longer supported format,##args) version offset_before=%d, offset_after=%d, correction_ pos=%u, x->offset_before, x->offset_after, x->correction_pos ip_ct_h323:
DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ip_ct_h323: incomplete TPKT (fragmented?) DEBUG ip_ct_h245: decoding error: %s, ip_ct_h245: packet dropped ip_ct_q931: decoding error: %s, ip_ct_q931: packet dropped ip_ct_ras: decoding error: %s, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa DEBUG table DEBUG unknown oid %s, varName could not find oid pointer for %s, DEBUG varName unRegistering IPsecMib ..... DEBUG
. %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUG
%02x, *p DEBUG
. %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUG
%02x, *p DEBUG
. %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUG
%02x, *p DEBUG
. %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUG
%02x, *p DEBUG unable to register vIPsec kernel comp to UMI unregistering VIPSECK from UMI .... in vIPsecKIoctlHandler cmd - %d, cmd
%s: Error. DST Refcount value less than 1 (%d), for %s DEVICE refcnt: %d ,pDst->dev-
>name,
%s: Got Null m:%p *m:%p sa:%p
*sa:%p,__func__,ppBufMgr,
%s Got Deleted SA:%p state:%d,__ func__,pIPsecInfo,pIPsecInfo->state
%s: %s: fmt, __FILE__, __FUNCTION__
, ## args) DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG INFO
%s: %s: fmt, __FILE__, __FUNCTION__
, ## args) ipt_TIME: format, ## args) IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() wrong parameters (not equals existing table parameters). IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() too big netmask. IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to allocate %zu for new table
%s., sizeof(struct t_ipt_account_table), info->name IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() wrong network/netmask. account: Wrong netmask given by netmask parameter (%i). Valid is 32 to 0., netmask IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to create procfs entry. IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to register match. failed to create procfs entry . MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module registered INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 280 Appendix D - Log Output Reference ip_ct_ras: packet dropped ERROR registering port %d, ERROR registering port %d, ipt_connlimit [%d]: src=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d dst=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d %s, ipt_connlimit [%d]: src=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d dst=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d new, ipt_connlimit: Oops: invalid ct state ?
ipt_connlimit: Hmm, kmalloc failed :-(
ipt_connlimit: src=%u.%u.%u.%u mask=%u.%u.%u.%u _lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args
%02X, ptr[length]
%02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_ base)[j]
%02X, skb->data[i]
_lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args
%02X, ptr[length]
%02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_ base)[j]
%02X, skb->data[i]
_lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args
%02X, ptr[length]
%02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_ base)[j]
%02X, skb->data[i]
KERN_EMERG THE value read is %d,value*/
KERN_EMERG Factory Reset button is pressed KERN_EMERG Returing error in INTR registration KERN_EMERG Initialzing Factory defaults modules Failed to allocate memory for pSipListNode SIPALG: Memeory allocation failed for pSipNodeEntryTbl pkt-err %s, pktInfo.error pkt-err %s, pktInfo.error pkt-err %s, pktInfo.error
%s Len=%d, msg, len
%02x , ((uint8_t *) ptr)[i]
End CVM_MOD_EXP_BASE MISMATCH cmd=%x base=%x, cmd, op->sizeofptr = %ld, op->sizeofptr opcode cmd = %x, cmd modexp opcode received Memory Allocation failed modexpcrt opcode received kmalloc failed kmalloc failed kmalloc failed kmalloc failed kmalloc Failed DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module unregistered PPP generic driver version PPP_ VERSION MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module registered MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module unregistered PPP generic driver version PPP_ VERSION PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, failed to create procfs entry . proc dir not created .. Initialzing Product Data modules De initializing by \
kernel UMI module loaded kernel UMI module unloaded Loading bridge module Unloading bridge module unsupported command %d, cmd Loading ifDev module Unloading ifDev module ERROR#%d in alloc_chrdev_region, result ERROR#%d in cdev_add, result using bcm switch %s, bcmswitch privlegedID %d wanporttNo: %d, privlegedID,wanportNo Loading mii Unloading mii
%s: Version 0.1
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info wlan: %s backend registered, be-
>iab_name wlan: %s backend unregistered, wlan: %s acl policy registered, iac-
>iac_name wlan: %s acl policy unregistered, iac-
>iac_name
%s, tmpbuf VLAN2 VLAN3 VLAN4 <%d %d>,
%s: %s, dev_info, version
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info
%s, buf
%s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info
%s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d hw_ base=0x%p,
%s: %s, dev_info, version
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 281 Appendix D - Log Output Reference kmalloc failed DEBUG
%s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, unknown cyrpto ioctl cmd received %x, cmd DEBUG
%s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, register_chrdev returned ZERO DEBUG
%s: %s, dev_info, version const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) {
DEBUG
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info F password, &pdata DEBUG
%s, buf INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO test key, key DEBUG
%s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version INFO pre-hashed key, key DEBUG
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) {
DEBUG
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info AES 128-bit key, &key DEBUG
%s: Version 2.0.0 const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) {
DEBUG
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info test key, key DEBUG
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info pre-hashed key, key DEBUG wlan: %s backend registered, be-
>iab_name const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) {
DEBUG wlan: %s backend unregistered, 128-bit AES key,&dk 256-bit AES key, &dk DEBUG DEBUG wlan: %s acl policy registered, iac-
>iac_name wlan: %s acl policy unregistered, iac-
>iac_name WARNING:
DEBUG
%s: %s, dev_info, version bwMonMultipathNxtHopSelect:: checking rates DEBUG
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO hop :%d dev:%s usableBwLimit = %d currBwShare = %d lastHopSelected = %d weightedHopPrefer = %d , 1. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected 4. hop :%d dev:%s usableBwLimit = %d currBwShare = %d lastHopSelected = %d weightedHopPrefer = %d , 2. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected DEBUG
%s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version INFO DEBUG
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO DEBUG
%s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFO DEBUG
%s: %s, dev_info, version INFO D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 282 Appendix D - Log Output Reference 3. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected DEBUG
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO bwMonitor multipath selection enabled DEBUG ath_pci: switching rfkill capability %s, INFO bwMonitor multipath selection disabled DEBUG Unknown autocreate mode: %s, weightedHopPrefer set to %d
,weightedHopPrefer DEBUG
%s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, bwMonitor sysctl registration failed DEBUG
%s: %s, dev_info, version bwMonitor sysctl registered DEBUG
%s: driver unloaded, dev_info bwMonitor sysctl not registered DEBUG
%s: %s, dev_info, version Unregistered bwMonitor sysctl DEBUG
%s: unloaded, dev_info CONFIG_SYSCTL enabled ... DEBUG
%s: %s, dev_info, version Initialized bandwidth monitor ... DEBUG
%s: unloaded, dev_info Removed bandwidth monitor ... DEBUG
%s: %s, dev_info, version Oops.. AES_GCM_encrypt failed (keylen:%u),key-
>cvm_keylen Oops.. AES_GCM_decrypt failed (keylen:%u),key-
>cvm_keylen DEBUG
%s: unloaded, dev_info DEBUG failed to create procfs entry .
%s, msg
%02x%s, data[i], Failed to set AES encrypt key Failed to set AES encrypt key AES %s Encrypt Test Duration: %d:%d, hard ?
Hard : Soft, Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u:
DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes, source route option %u.%u.%u.%u ->
%u.%u.%u.%u, Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u:
AES %s Decrypt Test Duration: %d:%d, hard ?
Hard : Soft, Failed to set AES encrypt key Failed to set AES encrypt key Failed to set AES encrypt key Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes, source route option %u.%u.%u.%u ->
%u.%u.%u.%u, INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 283 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Failed to set DES encrypt key[%d], i Failed to set DES decrypt key[%d], i Failed to set DES encrypt key[%d], i Failed to set DES decrypt key[%d], i Failed to set DES encrypt key Failed to set DES decrypt key Failed to set DES encrypt key Failed to set DES decrypt key AES Software Test:
AES Software Test %s, aesSoftTest(0) ? Failed :
Passed AES Hardware Test:
AES Hardware Test %s, aesHardTest(0) ? Failed :
Passed 3DES Software Test:
3DES Software Test %s, des3SoftTest(0) ? Failed :
Passed 3DES Hardware Test:
3DES Hardware Test %s, des3HardTest(0) ? Failed
: Passed DES Software Test:
DES Software Test %s, desSoftTest(0) ? Failed :
Passed DES Hardware Test:
DES Hardware Test %s, desHardTest(0) ? Failed :
Passed SHA Software Test:
SHA Software Test %s, shaSoftTest(0) ? Failed :
Passed SHA Hardware Test:
SHA Hardware Test %s, shaHardTest(0) ? Failed :
Passed MD5 Software Test:
MD5 Software Test %s, md5SoftTest(0) ? Failed :
Passed MD5 Hardware Test:
MD5 Hardware Test %s, md5HardTest(0) ? Failed
: Passed AES Software Test: %d iterations, iter AES Software Test Duration: %d:%d, AES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter AES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, 3DES Software Test: %d iterations, iter 3DES Software Test Duration: %d:%d, 3DES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter 3DES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, DES Software Test: %d iterations, iter DES Software Test Duration: %d:%d, DES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about source route option ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u:
ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes, source route option %u.%u.%u.%u ->
%u.%u.%u.%u, IPsec: device unregistering: %s, dev-
>name IPsec: device down: %s, dev->name INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO DEBUG mark: only supports 32bit mark DEBUG ipt_time: invalid argument WARNING WARNING DEBUG ipt_time: IPT_DAY didnt matched WARNING DEBUG
./Logs_kernel.txt:45:KERN_WARNING WARNING DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
./Logs_kernel.txt:59:KERN_WARNING ipt_LOG: not logging via system console
%s: wrong options length: %u, fname, opt_len
%s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x,
%s: wrong options length: %u,
%s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x,
%s: dont know what to do:
o[5]=%02x,
%s: wrong options length: %u, fname, opt_len
%s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x,
%s: wrong options length: %u,
%s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x,
%s: dont know what to do:
o[5]=%02x,
*** New port %d ***, ntohs(expinfo-
>natport)
** skb len %d, dlen %d,(*pskb)->len,
********** Non linear skb End of sdp %p, nexthdr
%s: unknown pairwise cipher %d,
%s: unknown group cipher %d,
%s: unknown SIOCSIWAUTH flag %d,
%s: unknown SIOCGIWAUTH flag %d,
%s: unknown algorithm %d,
%s: key size %d is too large, try_module_get failed \
%s: request_irq failed, dev->name WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 284 WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING Appendix D - Log Output Reference DES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, SHA Software Test: %d iterations, iter SHA Software Test Duration: %d:%d, SHA Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter SHA Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, MD5 Software Test: %d iterations, iter MD5 Software Test Duration: %d:%d, MD5 Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter MD5 Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d,
./pnac/src/pnac/linux/kernel/
xcalibur.c:209:#define DEBUG_PRINTK printk bcmDeviceInit: registration failed bcmDeviceInit: pCdev Add failed REG Size == 8 Bit Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x REG Size == 16 Bit Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x REG Size == 32 Bit Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x REG Size == 64 Bit REG Size is not in 8/16/32/64 DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG try_module_get failed try_module_get failed \
%s: unknown pairwise cipher %d,
%s: unknown group cipher %d,
%s: unknown SIOCSIWAUTH flag %d,
%s: unknown SIOCGIWAUTH flag %d,
%s: unknown algorithm %d,
%s: key size %d is too large, unable to load %s, scan_ modnames[mode]
Failed to mkdir /proc/net/madwifi try_module_get failed
%s: request_irq failed, dev->name too many virtual aps (already got %d), sc->sc_nvaps
%s: request_irq failed, dev->name rix %u (%u) bad ratekbps %u mode
%u, cix %u (%u) bad ratekbps %u mode
%u,
%s: no rates for %s?, no rates yet! mode %u, sc->sc_ curmode
%u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP dst cache overflow Written Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. bcm_ioctl :Unknown Ioctl Case :
DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores
=========Register Dump for Port Number #
%d=========,port
%s : Read Status=%s data=%#x,regName[j],
%s : Read Status=%s data=%#x,regName[j], powerDeviceInit: device registration failed powerDeviceInit: adding device failed DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING ll header:
WARNING
%u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP WARNING dst cache overflow
%s: Error: Big jump in pn number. TID=%d, from
%x %x to %x %x. DEBUG Neighbour table overflow.
%s: The MIC is corrupted. Drop this frame., __func__ DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING
%s: The MIC is OK. Still use this frame and update PN., __func__ ADDBA send failed: recipient is not a 11n node Cannot Set Rate: %x, value DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING ll header:
WARNING Getting Rate Series: %x,vap->iv_fixed_rate.series DEBUG
%u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP WARNING Getting Retry Series: %x,vap->iv_fixed_rate. retries DEBUG dst cache overflow IC Name: %s,ic->ic_dev->name DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. WARNING WARNING D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 285 Appendix D - Log Output Reference usage: rtparams rt_idx <0|1> per <0..100>
probe_intval <0..100>
usage: acparams ac <0|3> RTS <0|1> aggr scaling
<0..4> min mbps <0..250>
usage: hbrparams ac <2> enable <0|1> per_low
<0..50>
DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING DEBUG ll header:
WARNING WARNING
%s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from
%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG
%u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP WARNING
%s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG dst cache overflow
%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. WARNING WARNING
%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING Addba status IDLE DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING
%s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING
%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG ll header:
WARNING Error in ADD- no node available DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_list
%s(): Channel capabilities do not match, chan flags 0x%x,
%s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u flags 0x%x, ic_get_currentCountry not initialized yet DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_hash DEBUG DEBUG ip_conntrack_in: Frag of proto %u
(hook=%u), Unable to register netfilter socket option ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Country ie is %c%c%c, DEBUG Unable to create ip_conntrack_hash ERROR
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG Unable to create ip_conntrack slab cache ERROR
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG Unable to create ip_expect slab cache ERROR
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d,
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d,
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d,
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, ieee80211_deliver_l2uf: no buf available DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_iptreeb slab cache Unable to create ip_set_iptreed slab cache
%s: cannot allocate space for
%scompressor, fname,
%s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history,
%s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history, ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR
%s: %s, vap->iv_dev->name, buf /* NB: no */
DEBUG
%s: cannot load ARC4 module, fname ERROR
%s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG
%s: cannot load SHA1 module, fname ERROR
%s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, ether_ sprintf(mac), buf
[%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev-
>name, DEBUG DEBUG
%s: CryptoAPI SHA1 digest size too small, fname
%s: cannot allocate space for SHA1 digest, fname ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 286 Appendix D - Log Output Reference
[%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG
%s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR
[%s:%s] discard %s information element, %s, DEBUG
%s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR
[%s:%s] discard information element, %s, DEBUG
%s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR
[%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev-
>name, DEBUG
[%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG HBR list dumpNode\tAddress\t\t\tState\tTrigger\
tBlock Nodes informationAddress\t\t\tBlock\t\tDroped VI frames
%d\t %2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x\t%s\
t%s\t%s,
%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x\t%s\t\
t%d, DEBUG DEBUG
%s%d: too big uncompressed packet:
%d,
%s%d: encryption negotiated but not an
%s%d: error - not an MPPC or MPPE frame Kernel doesnt provide ARC4 and/or SHA1 algorithms DEBUG PPP: not interface or channel??
DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ compressor) ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR
[%d]\tFunction\t%s, j, ni->node_trace[i].funcp DEBUG failed to register PPP device (%d), err ERROR
[%d]\tMacAddr\t%s, j, DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ comp pkt)
[%d]\tDescp\t\t%s, j, ni->node_trace[i].descp DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt)
[%d]\tValue\t\t%llu(0x%llx), j, ni->node_trace[i]. value, DEBUG ppp: compressor dropped pkt ifmedia_add: null ifm Adding entry for DEBUG PPP: no memory (fragment) DEBUG PPP: VJ uncompressed error ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ifmedia_set: no match for 0x%x/0x%x, DEBUG ppp_decompress_frame: no memory ERROR ifmedia_set: target DEBUG ppp_mp_reconstruct bad seq %u <
%u, ERROR ifmedia_set: setting to DEBUG PPP: couldnt register device %s (%d), ERROR ifmedia_ioctl: switching %s to , dev->name DEBUG ppp: destroying ppp struct %p but dead=%d ERROR ifmedia_match: multiple match for DEBUG ppp: destroying undead channel %p !, ERROR
<unknown type>
desc->ifmt_string mode %s, desc->ifmt_string
<unknown subtype>
%s, desc->ifmt_string DEBUG PPP: removing module but units remain!
ERROR DEBUG PPP: failed to unregister PPP device ERROR DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s: cannot allocate space for
%scompressor, fname,
%s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history,
%s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history, ERROR ERROR ERROR
%s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUG
%s: cannot load ARC4 module, fname ERROR
%s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUG
%s: cannot load SHA1 module, fname ERROR
%s, seen_option ? > :
DEBUG
%s: CryptoAPI SHA1 digest size too small, fname ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 287 Appendix D - Log Output Reference
%s: %s, dev->name, buf DEBUG
%s: cannot allocate space for SHA1 digest, fname ERROR
%s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__ DEBUG
%s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR
%s: failed to register sysctls!, vap->iv_dev->name DEBUG
%s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR Atheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s, DEBUG
%s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR ath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_logfile, ath_hal: logging disabled
%s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i]
DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ath_pci: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUG
%s%d: too big uncompressed packet:
%d,
%s%d: encryption negotiated but not an
%s%d: error - not an MPPC or MPPE frame Kernel doesnt provide ARC4 and/or SHA1 algorithms
---:%d pri:%d qd:%u ad:%u sd:%u tot:%u amp:%d
%02x:%02x:%02x, SC Pushbutton Notify on %s::%s,dev->name,vap-
>iv_dev->name DEBUG PPP: not interface or channel??
DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ compressor) ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Could not find Board Configuration Data DEBUG failed to register PPP device (%d), err ERROR Could not find Radio Configuration data DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt)
%s: No device, __func__ DEBUG ppp: compressor dropped pkt ath_ahb: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ comp pkt) PKTLOG_TAG %s:proc_dointvec failed, __ FUNCTION__ PKTLOG_TAG %s:proc_dointvec failed, __ FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt) DEBUG PPP: no memory (fragment)
%s: failed to register sysctls!, proc_name DEBUG PPP: VJ uncompressed error ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: proc_mkdir failed, __ FUNCTION__ DEBUG ppp_decompress_frame: no memory ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: pktlog_attach failed for %s, DEBUG ppp_mp_reconstruct bad seq %u <
%u, ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s:allocation failed for pl_info, __FUNCTION__ PKTLOG_TAG %s:allocation failed for pl_info, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: couldnt register device %s (%d), ERROR DEBUG ppp: destroying ppp struct %p but dead=%d ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: create_proc_entry failed for %s, DEBUG ppp: destroying undead channel %p !, ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: sysctl register failed for %s, DEBUG PPP: removing module but units remain!
ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: page fault out of range, __ FUNCTION__ PKTLOG_TAG %s: page fault out of range, __ FUNCTION__ PKTLOG_TAG %s: Log buffer unavailable, __ FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: failed to unregister PPP device ERROR DEBUG JBD: bad block at offset %u, ERROR DEBUG JBD: corrupted journal superblock ERROR PKTLOG_TAG DEBUG JBD: bad block at offset %u, ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 288 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Logging should be disabled before changing bufer size DEBUG JBD: Failed to read block at offset %u, ERROR
%s:allocation failed for pl_info, __func__ DEBUG JBD: error %d scanning journal, err ERROR
%s: Unable to allocate buffer, __func__ DEBUG JBD: IO error %d recovering block ERROR
%s:allocation failed for pl_info, __func__ DEBUG
./Logs_kernel.txt:303:KERN_ERR
%s: Unable to allocate buffer, __func__ DEBUG
./Logs_kernel.txt:304:KERN_ERR Atheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s, DEBUG JBD: recovery pass %d ended at ERROR ERROR ERROR ath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_logfile, DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \
ERROR ath_hal: logging disabled DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \
ERROR
%s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i]
failed to allocate rx descriptors: %d, error ath_stoprecv: rx queue %p, link %p, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg-
>msg_namelen addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_ family udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_ addr, usin->sin_port no mpdu (%s), __func__ DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC Reset rx chain mask. Do internal reset. (%s), __func__ DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR OS_CANCEL_TIMER failed!!
DEBUG socki_lookup: socket file changed!
ERROR
%s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__ DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR
%s: unable to collect channel list from hal;
DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \
ERROR
%s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u flags 0x%x,
%s: unable to reset channel %u (%uMhz)
%s: unable to restart recv logic,
%s: start DFS WAIT period on channel %d, __ func__,sc->sc_curchan.channel
%s: cancel DFS WAIT period on channel %d, __func__, sc->sc_curchan.channel Non-DFS channel, cancelling previous DFS wait timer channel %d, sc->sc_curchan.channel DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \
ERROR DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg-
>msg_namelen addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_ family udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_ addr, usin->sin_port DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR
%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u DEBUG socki_lookup: socket file changed!
ERROR
%s: unable to start recv logic, __func__ DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR
%s: unable to start recv logic, __func__ DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \
ERROR
%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \
ERROR hardware error; reseting DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg-
>msg_namelen ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 289 Appendix D - Log Output Reference rx FIFO overrun; reseting DEBUG
%s: During Wow Sleep and got BMISS, __func__ DEBUG addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_ family udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_ addr, usin->sin_port AC\tRTS \tAggr Scaling\tMin Rate(Kbps)\tHBR \
tPER LOW THRESHOLD DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC BE\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR BK\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG socki_lookup: socket file changed!
ERROR VI\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG
%s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR VO\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG rebootHook: null function pointer ERROR
--%d,%p,%lu:0x%x 0x%x 0x%p 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x, bb state: 0x%08x 0x%08x, bbstate(sc, 4ul), bbstate(sc, 5ul)
%08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x
%08x%08x %08x %08x %08x, DEBUG Bad ioctl command DEBUG DEBUG fResetMod: Failed to configure gpio pin fResetMod: Failed to register interrupt handler noise floor: (%d, %d) (%d, %d) (%d, %d), DEBUG registering char device failed
%p: %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x
%08x %08x %08x %08x %08x,
--%d,%p,%lu:0x%x 0x%x 0x%p 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x,
%08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x
%08x%08x %08x %08x %08x, DEBUG unregistering char device failed DEBUG proc entry delete failed DEBUG proc entry initialization failed
%s: unable to allocate device object., __func__ DEBUG testCompHandler: received %s from
%d, (char *)pInBuf, ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR
%s: unable to attach hardware; HAL status %u, DEBUG UMI proto registration failed %d,ret ERROR
%s: HAL ABI msmatch;
DEBUG AF_UMI registration failed %d,ret ERROR
%s: Warning, using only %u entries in %u key cache, DEBUG umi initialization failed %d,ret unable to setup a beacon xmit queue!
DEBUG kernel UMI registration failed!
unable to setup CAB xmit queue!
DEBUG
./Logs_kernel.txt:447:KERN_ERR unable to setup xmit queue for BE traffic!
DEBUG ERROR msm not found properly %d, len %d, msm,
%s DFS attach failed, __func__ DEBUG ModExp returned Error
%s: Invalid interface id = %u, __func__, if_id DEBUG ModExp returned Error
%s:grppoll Buf allocation failed ,__func__ DEBUG
%s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, (unsigned int)len
%s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG
%03d:, i
%s: Invalid interface id = %u, __func__, if_id DEBUG
%02x, ((unsigned char *)p)[i]
%s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__ DEBUG mic check failed
%s: Tx Antenna Switch. Do internal reset., __ func__ DEBUG
%s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, (unsigned int)len ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 290 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Radar found on channel %d (%d MHz), DEBUG
%03d:, i End of DFS wait period DEBUG
%02x, ((unsigned char *)p)[i]
%s error allocating beacon, __func__ failed to allocate UAPSD QoS NULL tx descriptors:
%d, error failed to allocate UAPSD QoS NULL wbuf DEBUG mic check failed DEBUG
[%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ DEBUG
[%s] Wrong Key length, __func__
%s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__
%s: unable to update h/w beacon queue parameters, ALREADY ACTIVATED DEBUG
[%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ DEBUG
[%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ DEBUG
[%s] Wrong parameters, __func__
%s: missed %u consecutive beacons,
%s: busy times: rx_clear=%d, rx_frame=%d, tx_ frame=%d, __func__, rx_clear, rx_frame, tx_frame DEBUG DEBUG
%s: unable to obtain busy times, __func__ DEBUG
[%s] Wrong Key length, __func__
[%s] Wrong parameters, __func__
[%s] Wrong Key length, __func__
%s: beacon is officially stuck, Busy environment detected Inteference detected rx_clear=%d, rx_frame=%d, tx_frame=%d,
%s: resume beacon xmit after %u misses, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
[%s]: Wrong parameters, __func__
[%s] Wrong Key Length %d, __func__, des_key_len
[%s] Wrong parameters %d, __func__, des_key_len
[%s] Wrong Key Length %d, __func__, des_key_len
[%s] Wrong parameters, __func__
%s: stuck beacon; resetting (bmiss count %u), DEBUG
[%s] Wrong Key Length, __func__ EMPTY QUEUE DEBUG
[%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR SWRInfo: seqno %d isswRetry %d retryCnt %d,wh
? (*(u_int16_t *)&wh->i_seq[0]) >> 4 : 0, bf->bf_ isswretry,bf->bf_swretries DEBUG
[%s] Wrong Key Length, __func__ ERROR Buffer #%08X --> Next#%08X Prev#%08X Last#%08X,bf, TAILQ_NEXT(bf,bf_list), DEBUG
[%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR Stas#%08X flag#%08X Node#%08X, bf->bf_status, bf->bf_flags, bf->bf_node DEBUG
[%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR Descr #%08X --> Next#%08X Data#%08X Ctl0#%08X Ctl1#%08X, bf->bf_daddr, ds->ds_ link, ds->ds_data, ds->ds_ctl0, ds->ds_ctl1 Ctl2#%08X Ctl3#%08X Sta0#%08X Sta1#%08X,ds->ds_hw[0], ds->ds_hw[1], lastds-
>ds_hw[2], lastds->ds_hw[3]
DEBUG
[%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR DEBUG
[%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR Error entering wow mode DEBUG device name=%s not found, pReq-
>ifName ERROR Wakingup due to wow signal DEBUG unable to register KIFDEV to UMI ERROR
%s, wowStatus = 0x%x, __func__, wowStatus DEBUG ERROR: %s: Timeout at page %#0x addr %#0x ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 291 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Pattern added already Error : All the %d pattern are in use. Cannot add a new pattern , MAX_NUM_PATTERN Pattern added to entry %d ,i Remove wake up pattern mask = %p pat = %p ,maskBytes,patternBytes mask = %x pat = %x ,(u_int32_t)maskBytes,
(u_int32_t)patternBytes Pattern Removed from entry %d ,i Error : Pattern not found PPM STATE ILLEGAL %x %x, forcePpmStateCur, afp->forceState FORCE_PPM %4d %6.6x %8.8x %8.8x %8.8x
%3.3x %4.4x, failed to allocate tx descriptors: %d, error failed to allocate beacon descripotrs: %d, error failed to allocate UAPSD descripotrs: %d, error hal qnum %u out of range, max %u!, HAL AC %u out of range, max %zu!, HAL AC %u out of range, max %zu!,
%s: unable to update hardware queue %u!, Multicast Q:
%p , buf buf flags - 0x%08x --------- , buf->bf_flags buf status - 0x%08x, buf->bf_status
# frames in aggr - %d, length of aggregate - %d, length of frame - %d, sequence number - %d, tidno - %d, isdata: %d isaggr: %d isampdu: %d ht: %d isretried: %d isxretried: %d shpreamble: %d isbar:
%d ispspoll: %d aggrburst: %d calcairtime: %d qosnulleosp: %d,
%p: 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x, 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x, 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x, sc_txq[%d] : , i tid %p pause %d : , tid, tid->paused
%d: %p , j, tid->tx_buf[j]
%p , buf axq_q:
DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ERROR: %s: Timeout at page %#0x addr %#0x Invalid IOCTL %#08x, cmd
%s: unable to register device, dev-
>name ath_pci: 32-bit DMA not available ath_pci: cannot reserve PCI memory region ath_pci: cannot remap PCI memory region) ;
ath_pci: no memory for device state
%s: unable to register device, dev-
>name ath_dev_probe: no memory for device state
%s: no memory for device state, __func__ kernel MIBCTL registration failed!
Bad ioctl command WpsMod: Failed to configure gpio pin WpsMod: Failed to register interrupt handler registering char device failed unregistering char device failed
%s:%d - ERROR: non-NULL node pointer in %p, %p<%s>!
%s:%d - ERROR: non-NULL node pointer in %p, %p<%s>!
cant alloc name %s, name
%s: unable to register device, dev-
>name failed to automatically load module:
%s; \
Unable to load needed module: %s;
no support for \
ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR DEBUG Module \%s\ is not known, buf ERROR DEBUG Error loading module \%s\, buf ERROR DEBUG Module \%s\ failed to initialize, buf ERROR DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ath_pci: 32-bit DMA not available ath_pci: cannot reserve PCI memory region ath_pci: cannot remap PCI memory region) ;
ath_pci: no memory for device state
%s: unable to attach hardware: %s
(HAL status %u),
%s: HAL ABI mismatch;
ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 292 Appendix D - Log Output Reference
%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, __func__, status DEBUG
%s: failed to allocate descriptors: %d, ERROR
****ASSERTION HIT****
MacAddr=%s, TxBufIdx=%d, i Tid=%d, tidno AthBuf=%p, tid->tx_buf[i]
%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u,
%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u,
%s: unable to start recv logic, _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ \
sample_pri=%d is a multiple of refpri=%d, sample_pri, refpri DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG
%s: unable to setup a beacon xmit queue!,
%s: unable to setup CAB xmit queue!,
%s: unable to setup xmit queue for %s traffic!,
%s: unable to register device, dev-
>name
%s: autocreation of VAP failed: %d, ath_dev_probe: no memory for device state kdot11RogueAPEnable called with NULL argument. kdot11RogueAPEnable: can not add more interfaces kdot11RogueAPGetState called with NULL argument. kdot11RogueAPDisable called with NULL argument.
===========ft->ft_ numfilters=%u===========, ft->ft_numfilters DEBUG
%s: SKB does not exist., __ FUNCTION__ ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR filter[%d] filterID = %d rf_numpulses=%u;
rf->rf_minpri=%u; rf->rf_maxpri=%u; rf-
>rf_threshold=%u; rf->rf_filterlen=%u; rf->rf_ mindur=%u; rf->rf_maxdur=%u,j, rf->rf_pulseid, DEBUG
%s: recvd invalid skb ERROR NOL WARNING!!! 10 minute CAC period as channel is a weather radar channel
%s disable detects, __func__
%s enable detects, __func__
%s disable FFT val=0x%x , __func__, val
%s enable FFT val=0x%x , __func__, val
%s debug level now = 0x%x , __func__, dfs_ debug_level RateTable:%d, maxvalidrate:%d, ratemax:%d, pRc->rateTableSize,k,pRc->rateMaxPhy DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG unable to register KIFDEV to UMI The system is going to factory defaults........!!!
%s, msg
%02x, *(data + i) Inside crypt_open in driver ######
Inside crypt_release in driver ######
Inside crypt_init module in driver
@@@@@@@@
ERROR CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL Inside crypt_cleanup module in driver
@@@@@@@@
CRITICAL
%s: txRate value of 0x%x is bad., __FUNCTION__, txRate Valid Rate Table:-
Index:%d, value:%d, code:%x, rate:%d, flag:%x, i,
(int)validRateIndex[i], RateTable:%d, maxvalidrate:%d, ratemax:%d, pRc->rateTableSize,k,pRc->rateMaxPhy Cant allocate memory for ath_vap. Unable to add an interface for ath_dev.
%s: [%02u] %-7s , tag, ix, ciphers[hk->kv_type]
%02x, hk->kv_val[i]
mac %02x-%02x-%02x-%02x-%02x-%02x, mac[0], mac[1], mac[2], mac[3], mac[4], mac[5]
DEBUG SKB is null : %p ,skb DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DST is null : %p ,dst DEV is null %p %p ,dev,dst Packet is Fragmented %d,pBufMgr-
>len Marked the packet proto:%d sip:%x dip:%x sport:%d dport:%d spi:%d,isr:%p:%p %p SAV CHECK FAILED IN DECRYPTION FAST PATH Breaks on BUF CHECK FAST PATH Breaks on DST CHECK FAST PATH Breaks on MTU %d %d
%d,bufMgrLen(pBufMgr),mtu,dst_ mtu(pDst->path) CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 293 Appendix D - Log Output Reference mac 00-00-00-00-00-00 DEBUG FAST PATH Breaks on MAX PACKET %d
%d,bufMgrLen(pBufMgr),IP_MAX_ PACKET CRITICAL
%02x, hk->kv_mic[i]
DEBUG SAV CHECK FAILED IN ENCRYPTION CRITICAL txmic
%02x, hk->kv_txmic[i]
DEBUG DEBUG Match Found proto %d spi
%d,pPktInfo->proto,pFlowEntry->pre. spi CRITICAL PRE: proto: %u srcip:%u.%u.%u.%u sport :%u dstip: %u.%u.%u.%u dport:
%u, CRITICAL Cannot support setting tx and rx keys individually DEBUG POST: proto: %u srcip:%u.%u.%u.%u sport :%u dstip: %u.%u.%u.%u dport:
%u, CRITICAL bogus frame type 0x%x (%s), DEBUG Clearing the ISR %p,p CRITICAL ERROR: ieee80211_encap ret NULL DEBUG PROTO:%d %u.%u.%u.%u---
>%u.%u.%u.%u, ERROR: ath_amsdu_attach not called DEBUG ESP-DONE: %p %p,sav,m
%s: no memory for cwm attach, __func__ DEBUG ESP-BAD: %p %p,sav,m CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL
%s: error - acw NULL. Possible attach failure, __func__ DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input_slow(). CRITICAL
%s: unable to abort tx dma, __func__ DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input_slow(). CRITICAL
%s: no memory for ff attach, __func__ DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input \
CRITICAL Failed to initiate PBC based enrolle association DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input_slow(). CRITICAL KERN_EMERG Returing error in INTR registration DEBUG KERN_EMERG Initialzing Wps module DEBUG
%s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__ DEBUG AH: Assigning the secure flags for sav
:%p,sav CRITICAL ESP: Assigning the secure flags for sav
:%p skb:%p src:%x dst:%x,sav,skb,ip-
>ip_src.s_addr,ip->ip_dst.s_addr CRITICAL
%s Buffer %d mtu %d path mtu %d header %d trailer %d,__func__,bufM grLen(pBufMgr),mtu,dst_mtu(pDst-
>path),pDst->header_len,pDst-
>trailer_len CRITICAL D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 294 Appendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outs Appendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outs Signal CTS DTR TxD GND GND RxD DSR RTS RJ-45 Cable RJ-45 PIN NC NC 6 5 4 3 NC NC Adapter DB-9 PIN NC NC 3 5 5 2 NC NC Signal NC NC RxD GND GND TxD NC NC D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 295 Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table
( New appendix section ) Country 1) Australia 2.4Ghz 2) Russia 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 3) Iceland 2.4Ghz Channel supported in20 Mhz Channel supported in 40 Mhz Upper side band Lower side band 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 4) Singapore 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 5) Sweden 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 6) Taiwan 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 7) Finland 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 56, 60, 64, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 64, 153, 161 60, 149, 157 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 8) Slovenia 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 9) Ireland 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 10) United states 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 296 Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) 11) Latin America 2.4Ghz 12) Denmark 13) Germany 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 14) Netherlands 2.4Ghz 15) Norway 16) Poland 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 17) Luxembourg 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 18) South Africa 2.4Ghz 19) United Kingdom 20) Ireland 21) France 22) Israel 23) Korea 24) Japan 25) Egypt 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48, 153, 161 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36, 44, 149, 157 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36, 44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 40, 48 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 40, 48, 56, 64 36, 44, 52, 60 26) Brazil 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12,13 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12,13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,8,9 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 297 Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 27) Canada 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 28) China 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 298 Appendix G - Product Statement Appendix G - Product Statement 1. DSR-1000N Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Notice: Radio Frequency Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. The antennas used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a spectrum distance of at least 20cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range. Non-modification Statement Use only the integral antenna supplied by the manufacturer when operating this device. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could damage the TI Navigator access point and violate FCC regulations. Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 299 Appendix G - Product Statement Canadian Department of Communications Industry Canada (IC) Notice CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Industry Canada Statement This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dIndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes :
(1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
(2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. IMPORTANT NOTE: Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. To maintain compliance with IC RF exposure compliance requirements, please follow operation instruction as documented in this manual. This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity This device complies with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC. The following test methods have been applied in order to prove presumption of conformity with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC:
- EN 60950-1: 2006+A11:2009 Safety of information technology equipment
- EN 300 328 V1.7.1 (2006-10) Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband transmission systems; Data transmission equipment operating in the 2,4 GHz ISM band and using wide band modulation techniques;
Harmonized EN covering essential requirements under article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive
- EN 301 893-1 V1.5.1 (2008-12) Broadband Radio Access Networks (BRAN); 5 GHz high performance RLAN; Harmonized EN covering essential requirements of article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive
- EN 301 489-17 V1.3.2 (2008-04) and EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1 (2008-04) Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services; Part 17: Specific conditions for 2,4 GHz wideband transmission systems and 5 GHz high performance RLAN equipment D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 300 Appendix G - Product Statement This device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries under the following conditions and/or with the following restrictions:
- In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services.
- This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the enduser should contact the national spectrum authority in France. This device is a 5 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries under the following conditions and/or with the following restrictions:
- This device may only be used indoors in the frequency bands 5150 5250 MHz.
- In France and Luxembourg a limited implementation of the frequency bands 5150 5250 MHz and 5250 5350 MHz. In Luxermbourg it is not allowed to make use of the frequency band 5470 5725 MHz. End-users are encouraged to contact the national spectrum authorities in France and Luxembourg in order to obtain the latest information about any restrictions in the 5 GHz frequency band(s). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 301 Appendix G - Product Statement esky
[Czech]
Dansk
[Danish]
Deutsch
[German]
Eesti
[Estonian]
[D-Link Corporation] tmto prohlauje, e tento [DSR-1000N] je ve shod se zkladnmi poadavky a dalmi pslunmi ustanovenmi smrnice 1999/5/ES. Undertegnede [D-Link Corporation] erklrer herved, at flgende udstyr [DSR-1000N]
overholder de vsentlige krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. Hiermit erklrt [D-Link Corporation], dass sich das Gert [DSR-1000N] in bereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den brigen einschlgigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet. Kesolevaga kinnitab [D-Link Corporation] seadme [DSR-1000N] vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/E phinuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele stetele. English Hereby, [D-Link Corporation], declares that this [DSR-1000N] is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. Espaol
[Spanish]
[Greek]
Franais
[French]
Italiano
[Italian]
Latviski
[Latvian]
Lietuvi
[Lithuanian]
Nederlands
[Dutch]
Malti
[Maltese]
Magyar
[Hungarian]
Polski
[Polish]
Por medio de la presente [D-Link Corporation] declara que el [DSR-1000N] cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
[D-Link Corporation] [DSR-1000N]
1999/5/. Par la prsente [D-Link Corporation] dclare que lappareil [DSR-1000N] est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE. Con la presente [D-Link Corporation] dichiara che questo [DSR-1000N] conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE. Ar o [D-Link Corporation] deklar, ka [DSR-1000N] atbilst Direktvas 1999/5/EK btiskajm prasbm un citiem ar to saisttajiem noteikumiem. iuo [D-Link Corporation] deklaruoja, kad is [DSR-1000N] atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas. Hierbij verklaart [D-Link Corporation] dat het toestel [DSR-1000N] in overeenstemming is met de essentile eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG. Hawnhekk, [D-Link Corporation], jiddikjara li dan [DSR-1000N] jikkonforma mal-tiijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti orajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC. Alulrott, [D-Link Corporation] nyilatkozom, hogy a [DSR-1000N] megfelel a vonatkoz alapvet kvetelmnyeknek s az 1999/5/EC irnyelv egyb elrsainak. Niniejszym [D-Link Corporation] owiadcza, e [DSR-1000N] jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostaymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 302 Appendix G - Product Statement Portugus
[Portuguese]
Slovensko
[Slovenian]
Slovensky
[Slovak]
Suomi
[Finnish]
Svenska
[Swedish]
[D-Link Corporation] declara que este [DSR-1000N]est conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposies da Directiva 1999/5/CE.
[D-Link Corporation] izjavlja, da je ta [DSR-1000N] v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi doloili direktive 1999/5/ES.
[D-Link Corporation] tmto vyhlasuje, e [DSR-1000N] spa zkladn poiadavky a vetky prslun ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.
[D-Link Corporation] vakuuttaa tten ett [DSR-1000N] tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sit koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen. Hrmed intygar [D-Link Corporation] att denna [DSR-1000N] str I verensstmmelse med de vsentliga egenskapskrav och vriga relevanta bestmmelser som framgr av direktiv 1999/5/
EG. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 303 Appendix G - Product Statement 2.DSR-500N Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Notice: Radio Frequency Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. The antennas used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a spectrum distance of at least 20cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range. Non-modification Statement Use only the integral antenna supplied by the manufacturer when operating this device. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could damage the TI Navigator access point and violate FCC regulations. Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. Canadian Department of Communications Industry Canada (IC) Notice This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003 and RSS-210. Cet appareil numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 et CNR-210 du Canada. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 304 Appendix G - Product Statement Industry Canada Statement This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. IMPORTANT NOTE: Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. To maintain compliance with IC RF exposure compliance requirements, please follow operation instruction as documented in this manual. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity This device complies with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC. The following test methods have been applied in order to prove presumption of conformity with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC:
- EN 60950-1: 2006+A11:2009 Safety of information technology equipment
- EN 300 328 V1.7.1 (2006-10) Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband transmission systems; Data transmission equipment operating in the 2,4 GHz ISM band and using wide band modulation techniques;
Harmonized EN covering essential requirements under article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive
- EN 301 489-17 V1.3.2 (2008-04) and EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1 (2008-04) Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services; Part 17: Specific conditions for 2,4 GHz wideband transmission systems and 5 GHz high performance RLAN equipment This device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries under the following conditions and/or with the following restrictions:
- In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services.
- This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the enduser should contact the national spectrum authority in France. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 305 Appendix G - Product Statement
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 306 Appendix G - Product Statement
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 307 Appendix G - Product Statement 3.DSR-250N Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution:
Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. RSS-GEN 7.1.4:
User Manual for Transmitters with Detachable Antennas The user manual of transmitter devices equipped with detachable antennas shall contain the following information in a conspicuous location:
This device has been designed to operate with the antennas listed below, and having a maximum gain of
[1.8] dB. Antennas not included in this list or having a gain greater than [1.8] dB are strictly prohibited for use with this device. The required antenna impedance is [50] ohms. RSS-GEN 7.1.5 To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than that permitted for successful communication. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dIndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den comSpromettre le fonctionnement. Is herewith confirmed to comply with the requirements set out in the Council Directive on the Approximation of the Laws of the Member States relating to Electromagnetic Compatibility (2004/108/
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 308 Appendix G - Product Statement EC), Low-voltage Directive (2006/95/EC), the procedures given in European Council Directive 99/5/EC and 2004/104/EC. The equipment was passed. The test was performed according to the following European standards:
EN 300 328 V.1.7.1 EN 301 489-1 V.1. 8.1 / EN 301 489-17 V.2.1.1 EN 62311 EN 60950-1 Regulatory statement (R&TTE) European standards dictate maximum radiated transmit power of 100mW EIRP and frequency range 2.400-
2.4835GHz; In France, the equipment must be restricted to the 2.4465-2.4835GHz frequency range and must be restricted to indoor use. Operation of this device is subjected to the following National regulations and may be prohibited to use if certain restriction should be applied. D=0.020m is the minimum safety distance between the EUT and human body when the E-Field strength is 61V/m. NCC Warning Statement Article 12 Without permission, any company, firm or user shall not alter the frequency, increase the power, or change the characteristics and functions of the original design of the certified lower power frequency electric machinery. Article 14 The application of low power frequency electric machineries shall not affect the navigation safety nor interfere a legal communication, if an interference is found, the service will be suspended until improvement is made and the interference no longer exists. Canadian Department of Communications Industry Canada (IC) Notice CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Industry Canada Statement This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dIndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes :
(1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
(2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 309 Appendix G - Product Statement Radiation Exposure Statement:
The device meets the exemption from the routine evaluation limits in section 2.5 of RSS 102 and compliance with RSS-102 RF exposure, users can obtain Canadian information on RF exposure and compliance. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body. Dclaration dexposition aux radiations:
Le dispositif rencontre lexemption des limites courantes dvaluation dans la section 2.5 de RSS 102 et la conformit lexposition de RSS-102 rf, utilisateurs peut obtenir linformation canadienne sur lexposition et la conformit de rf. Cet metteur ne doit pas tre Co-plac ou ne fonctionnant en mme temps quaucune autre antenne ou metteur. Cet quipement devrait tre install et actionn avec une distance minimum de 20 centimtres entre le radiateur et votre corps. This radio transmitter (Model:DSR-250N) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device. Le prsent metteur radio (Model:DSR-250N) a t approuv par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types dantenne numrs ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et limpdance requise pour chaque type dantenne. Les types dantenne non inclus dans cette liste, ou dont le gain est suprieur au gain maximal indiqu, sont strictement interdits pour lexploitation de lmetteur. Ant. 1 2 Brand Model Name SSR-02521 SSR-02521 Antenna Type Dipole Dipole Connector R-SMA R-SMA Gain (dBi) 2.85 2.71 This device complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and it also complies with Part 15 of the FCC RF Rules. This equipment must be installed and operated in accordance with provided instructions and the antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and consider removing the no-collocation statement. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 310 Appendix G - Product Statement 4. DSR-150N Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution:
Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. IMPORTANT NOTE:
FCC Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. The availability of some specific channels and/or operational frequency bands are country dependent and are firmware programmed at the factory to match the intended destination. The firmware setting is not accessible by the end user. Note: The country code selection is for non-US model only and is not available to all US model. Per FCC regulation, all WiFi product marketed in US must fixed to US operation channels only.. Europe EU Declaration of Conformity This device complies with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC. The following test methods have been applied in order to prove presumption of conformity with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC:
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 311 Appendix G - Product Statement EN 60950-1:
Safety of Information Technology Equipment EN50385 : (2002-08) Product standard to demonstrate the compliance of radio base stations and fixed terminal stations for wireless telecommunication systems with the basic restrictions or the reference levels related to human exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic fields (110MHz - 40 GHz) - General public EN 300 328 V1.7.1: (2006-10) Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband Transmission systems; Data transmission equipment operating in the 2,4 GHz ISM band and using spread spectrum modulation techniques; Harmonized EN covering essential requirements under article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1: (2008-04) Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio Spectrum Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services; Part 1: Common technical requirements EN 301 489-17 V2.1.1 (2009-05) Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment; Part 17: Specific conditions for Broadband Data Transmission Systems This device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries, except in France and Italy where restrictive use applies. In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services. This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the end-user should contact the national spectrum authority in France. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 312 Appendix G - Product Statement esky
[Czech]
Dansk
[Danish]
Deutsch
[German]
Eesti
[Estonian]
English Espaol
[Spanish]
[Greek]
Franais
[French]
Italiano
[Italian]
Latviski
[Latvian]
Lietuvi
[Lithuanian]
Nederlands
[Dutch]
Malti
[Maltese]
Magyar
[Hungarian]
Polski
[Polish]
Portugus
[Portuguese]
Slovensko
[Slovenian]
Slovensky
[Slovak]
Suomi
[Finnish]
Svenska
[Swedish]
[Jmno vrobce] tmto prohlauje, e tento [typ zazen] je ve shod se zkladnmi poadavky a dalmi pslunmi ustanovenmi smrnice 1999/5/ES. Undertegnede [fabrikantens navn] erklrer herved, at flgende udstyr [udstyrets typebetegnelse] overholder de vsentlige krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. Hiermit erklrt [Name des Herstellers], dass sich das Gert [Gertetyp] in bereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den brigen einschlgigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet. Kesolevaga kinnitab [tootja nimi = name of manufacturer] seadme [seadme tp = type of equipment] vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/E phinuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele stetele. Hereby, [name of manufacturer], declares that this [type of equipment] is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. Por medio de la presente [nombre del fabricante] declara que el [clase de equipo] cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
[name of manufacturer] [type of equipment]
1999/5/. Par la prsente [nom du fabricant] dclare que lappareil [type dappareil] est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE. Con la presente [nome del costruttore] dichiara che questo [tipo di apparecchio] conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE. Ar o [name of manufacturer / izgatavotja nosaukums] deklar, ka [type of equipment / iekrtas tips] atbilst Direktvas 1999/5/EK btiskajm prasbm un citiem ar to saisttajiem noteikumiem. iuo [manufacturer name] deklaruoja, kad is [equipment type] atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas. Hierbij verklaart [naam van de fabrikant] dat het toestel [type van toestel] in overeenstemming is met de essentile eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG. Hawnhekk, [isem tal-manifattur], jiddikjara li dan [il-mudel tal-prodott] jikkonforma mal-tiijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti orajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC. Alulrott, [gyrt neve] nyilatkozom, hogy a [... tpus] megfelel a vonatkoz alapvet kvetelmnyeknek s az 1999/5/EC irnyelv egyb elrsainak. Niniejszym [nazwa producenta] owiadcza, e [nazwa wyrobu] jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostaymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC.
[Nome do fabricante] declara que este [tipo de equipamento] est conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposies da Directiva 1999/5/CE.
[Ime proizvajalca] izjavlja, da je ta [tip opreme] v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi doloili direktive 1999/5/ES.
[Meno vrobcu] tmto vyhlasuje, e [typ zariadenia] spa zkladn poiadavky a vetky prslun ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.
[Valmistaja=manufacturer] vakuuttaa tten ett [type of equipment = laitteen tyyppimerkint]
tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sit koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen. Hrmed intygar [fretag] att denna [utrustningstyp] str I verensstmmelse med de vsentliga egenskapskrav och vriga relevanta bestmmelser som framgr av direktiv 1999/5/EG. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 313 Appendix G - Product Statement Industry Canada statement:
This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-210 dIndustrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. Radiation Exposure Statement:
The device meets the exemption from the routine evaluation limits in section 2.5 of RSS 102 and compliance with RSS-102 RF exposure, users can obtain Canadian information on RF exposure and compliance. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body. Dclaration dexposition aux radiations:
Le dispositif rencontre lexemption des limites courantes dvaluation dans la section 2.5 de RSS 102 et la conformit lexposition de RSS-102 rf, utilisateurs peut obtenir linformation canadienne sur lexposition et la conformit de rf. Cet metteur ne doit pas tre Co-plac ou ne fonctionnant en mme temps quaucune autre antenne ou metteur. Cet quipement devrait tre install et actionn avec une distance minimum de 20 centimtres entre le radiateur et votre corps. Wall-Mount Option The Router has four wall-mount slots on its bottom panel. Before you begin, make sure you have two screws that are size #4 - this indicates a diameter measurement of 0.112inches (2.845mm). 1. Determine where you want to mount the Router. 2. Drill two holes into the wall. Make sure adjacent holes are 2.36 inches (60mm) apart. 3. Insert a screw into each hole, and leave 0.2inches (5mm) of its head exposed. 4. Maneuver the Router so the wall-mount slots line up with the two screws. 5. Place the wall-mount slots over the screws and slide the Router down until the screws fit snugly into the wall-mount slots. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 314 Appendix G - Product Statement 5.DSR-500AC Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution:
Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Operation of this device is restricted to indoor use only IMPORTANT NOTE:
Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Country Code selection feature to be disabled for products marketed to the US/CANADA Industry Canada statement:
This device complies with Industry Canadas licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Cet appareil est conforme aux CNR exemptes de licence dIndustrie Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:
(1) Ce dispositif ne peut causer dinterfrences; et(2) Ce dispositif doit accepter toute interfrence, y compris les interfrences qui peuvent causer un mauvais fonctionnement de lappareil. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 315 Appendix G - Product Statement Caution:
(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;
Avertissement:
(i) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont rservs uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;
Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. Dclaration dexposition aux radiations:
Cet quipement est conforme aux limites dexposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. This radio transmitter (IC: 4216A-SR500ACA1) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device Cet metteur radio (IC: 4216A-SR500ACA1) a t approuv par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types dantenne numrs ci-dessous avec le gain maximal admissible indiqu. Types dantennes ne figurent pas dans cette liste, ayant un gain suprieur au gain maximum indiqu pour ce type, sont strictement interdits pour une utilisation avec cet appareil Type Dipole Manufacture WHA YU Gain 2dBi Connector R-SMA NCC MPE(MPE) 1mW/cm20.085mW/cm2 5.25-5.35 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 316 Appendix G - Product Statement 6.DSR-1000AC Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution: Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Operation of this device is restricted to indoor use only IMPORTANT NOTE:
Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Country Code selection feature to be disabled for products marketed to the US/CANADA Industry Canada statement:
This device complies with Industry Canadas licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Cet appareil est conforme aux CNR exemptes de licence dIndustrie Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:
(1) Ce dispositif ne peut causer dinterfrences; et(2) Ce dispositif doit accepter toute interfrence, y compris les interfrences qui peuvent causer un mauvais fonctionnement de lappareil. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 317 Appendix G - Product Statement Caution:
(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;
Avertissement:
(i) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont rservs uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;
Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. Dclaration dexposition aux radiations:
Cet quipement est conforme aux limites dexposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. This radio transmitter (IC: 4216A-SR1000ACA1) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device Cet metteur radio (IC: 4216A-SR1000ACA1) a t approuv par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types dantenne numrs ci-dessous avec le gain maximal admissible indiqu. Types dantennes ne figurent pas dans cette liste, ayant un gain suprieur au gain maximum indiqu pour ce type, sont strictement interdits pour une utilisation avec cet appareil Type Dipole Manufacture WHA YU Gain 2dBi Connector R-SMA NCC MPE(MPE) 1mW/cm20.174 mW/cm2 5.25-5.35 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 318
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2015-05-27 | 5745 ~ 5825 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Original Equipment |
2 | 2412 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 | Effective |
2015-05-27
|
||||
1 2 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
D-Link Corporation
|
||||
1 2 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0007371172
|
||||
1 2 | Physical Address |
17595 Mt. Herrmann
|
||||
1 2 |
Fountain Valley, California 92708
|
|||||
1 2 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 | TCB Application Email Address |
c******@telefication.com
|
||||
1 2 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 | Grantee Code |
KA2
|
||||
1 2 | Equipment Product Code |
SR500ACA1
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 | Name |
B******** A********
|
||||
1 2 | Title |
General Counsel
|
||||
1 2 | Telephone Number |
714-8********
|
||||
1 2 | Fax Number |
866-7********
|
||||
1 2 |
b******@dlink.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 | Firm Name |
SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC.
|
||||
1 2 | Name |
E****** T****
|
||||
1 2 | Physical Address |
No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Hwa Ya
|
||||
1 2 |
Taiwan
|
|||||
1 2 | Telephone Number |
886-3********
|
||||
1 2 | Fax Number |
886-3********
|
||||
1 2 |
E******@sporton.com.tw
|
|||||
1 2 |
e******@sporton.com.tw
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 | Firm Name |
SPORTON INTERNATIONAL INC.
|
||||
1 2 | Name |
E******** T********
|
||||
1 2 | Physical Address |
No. 52, Hwa Ya 1st Rd., Hwa Ya
|
||||
1 2 |
Taiwan
|
|||||
1 2 | Telephone Number |
886-3********
|
||||
1 2 | Fax Number |
886-3********
|
||||
1 2 |
E******@sporton.com.tw
|
|||||
1 2 |
e******@sporton.com.tw
|
|||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 | Equipment Class | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||||
1 2 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | AC800 Selectable Dual Band VPN Business Router | ||||
1 2 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 | Purpose / Application is for | Original Equipment | ||||
1 2 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 | Grant Comments | Output power listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Operations in 5150-5250 MHz band is for indoor use only. This device has 20/40/80 MHz bandwidth modes. The 80 MHz mode is limited to channels at 5210MHz and 5775 MHz. | ||||
1 2 | Output power listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be used to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This device has 20/40 MHz bandwidth modes. | |||||
1 2 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 | Firm Name |
Sporton International Inc
|
||||
1 2 | Name |
J**** T****
|
||||
1 2 | Telephone Number |
88633******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 | Fax Number |
88633********
|
||||
1 2 |
j******@sporton.com.tw
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.203 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.247 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | CC MO | 2412.00000000 | 2462.00000000 | 0.4550000 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC